七年级英语下册期末试卷附答案(七年级英语下期考试试卷题)

由网友()分享简介:第I卷(共100分)   I. 听力测试。(30分)   A) 情景反应。(每小题1.5分,共9分)   听一遍,根据你所听到的句子,从A、B、C三个选项中选出最恰当的答语,并把答题卡上对应题目的答案标号涂黑。   ( ) 1. A. My name is Jack. B. I’m fine...

七年级英语下册期末试卷附答案



  七年级英语期末考的日子日益临近,既要方法,也要学习者的恒心、毅力。这是学习啦小编整理的七年级英语下册期末试卷,希望你能从中得到感悟!

  七年级英语下册期末试题

  一、听对话。根据所听内容选择正确答案。对话读一遍。(每小题1分,共5分)

  ( )1.How was Emily’s summer vacation?

  A.It was great B.It was boring C.It was great

  ( )2.Where was Alice yesterday morning?

  A.At school B.In a shop C.At home

  ( )3.What does Kate look like?

  A.She wears glasses B.She has short hair C.She is good-looking

  ( )4.What size bowl of rice porridge would Victor like?

  A.A large bowl B.A medium bowl C.A small bowl

  ( )5.What is Tommy’s brother doing?

  A.Watching TV B.Playing tennis C.Playing chess

  二、 根据你所听到的对话,选择正确的答语。听两遍

  1. What’s the man’s favorite food?

  A. Dumplings B. Noodles C. Chocolate eggs

  2. Whose books are these?

  A. Kitty’s B. Sandy’s C. Millie’s

  3. Can M ary speak English?

  A. Yes, she can B. No, she can’t C. Sorry, I don’t know.

  4. Where is the mother going?

  A. To the bookshop B. To the cinema C. To the clothes shop

  5. How much does he spend?

  A. 10 yuan B. 20 yuan C.40 yuan

  6. When does the boy get to school?

  A. 7:05 B. 8:05 C.7:55

  听一段对话,回答7—8小题,听两遍。

  7. Who has a new basketball?

  A. Neil B. Jim C. Tom

  8. What time will they meet on Sunday afternoon?

  A. 2:00 B. 3:20 C. 2:30

  三、 根据你所听到的短文,选择正确的答语。听两遍

  听一篇短文,回答1--3小题。请根据内容从A、B、C三个选项中选择正确的选项,完成信息记录表。听两遍。

  School life is beautiful

  Environment It is very big with many trees and flowers. We can 13 under the big trees.

  Teachers They are friendly to us. They are strict with us in our study.

  Subjects We have math, Chinese, geography and so on. I like 14 best.

  Activities There are many 15 . We can play basketball and musical instruments.

  1. A. sing B. read C. dance

  2. A. English B. music C. Chinese

  3. A. sports clubs B. music clubs C. reading clubs

  听一篇短文,回答第16—20小题。听两遍。

  4. What do Kitty and her mother do on Saturday afternoon?

  A. They do some shopping. B. They do some washing. C. They go swimming.

  5. What does Kitty want to buy?

  A. Some food. B. Some comic books. C. Some hair clips.

  6. How much meat does Kitty’s mother buy?

  A. Half a kilo. B. One kilo. C. Two kilos.

  7. Why do many people like to go shopping in the shop?

  A. It’s a big supermarket.

  B. There are a lot of things in the shop.

  C. The things are good and the shopkeepers are friendly.

  8. How long is the shop open every day?

  A. 12 hours. B. 18 hours. C. 24 hours.

  笔试部分

  二、单项选择(共15小题;每小题1分,计15分)

  1. ---May I open bag, sir?

  ---Of course, but it’s full of ________ dirty clothes.

  A. the; / B. the; the C. / ; / D. a; /

  2. ---Is this book yours? ---No, it’s not . It’s Millie’s.

  A. I B. me C. my D. mine

  3. ---Is there any difference the two coats? ---Yes. The color is different.

  A. from B. for C. between D. with

  4. ---Would you like to visit Taiwan? --- .

  A. Yes, I’d love B. No, I’d like to. C. Yes, I’d love to D. Yes, I’d like not

  5. ---Shall we go for a picnic in the park this Saturday? ---Oh, that good.

  A . feels B. looks C. tastes D. sounds

  6. ---May I have a glass of beer, please?

  ---Beer? Sorry, there’s left, but would you like some juice instead?

  A. none B. something C. no one D. nothing

  7. ---What a beautiful key ring! _____ is it? ---Only 5 yuan.

  A. How old B. How far C. How long D. How much

  8. ---Hello! Can I speak to the headmaster, please? --- .

  A. Who are you, please? B. Of course, you can.

  C. Who is it, please? D. Sorry, you can’t.

  9. ---There goes the bell. ---It’s time for class. Let’s stop .

  A. talk B. to talk C. talking D. not talk

  10. --- Which kind of book do you like? ---I like the one ________ pictures ________ it.

  A. has; on B. have; on C. with; on D. with; in

  11. --- Excuse me, where is the hospital, please?

  --- ______ the hospital, turn right when you come to the first crossing.

  A. Get B. Arrive C. To get D. To get to

  12. ---Look! The bus is coming. ---No hurry. Don’t get on it it stops.

  A. until B. after C. since D. when

  13. --- It’s so cloudy. I think it . ---I think so.

  A. rain B. rains C. is going to rain D. is raining

  14. ---Can I get you a cup of orange? --- ________.

  A. It’s nice of you B. With pleasure

  C. Thank you for it D. You can, please

  15. --- Don’t be late for class again, Tommy. --- Sorry, I ________.

  A don’t B am not C didn’t D won’t

  三、完形填空。(10分)

  Ring…Ring” the telephone rings. Sam gets up to answer the call. It is his aunt.

  “Sam, 1 are you still at home?” she asks in surprise (惊讶).

  Sam looks at the clock. It is already 7:30 a.m.

  “Oh, my goodness! There ’s an important 2 today.” Sam shouts out.

  He runs to wash his face and gets dressed .He runs quickly to the 3 and puts his books into the bag. He then goes to the bus stop to go to school very 4 , When he gets into the classroom. His classmates are 5 writing.

  “Why are you so 6 ”asks the teacher.

  “I’m sorry, sir,” Sam answers, afraid of looking up, “It is my clock. It didn’t wake me up this morning and …”

  “Don’t say anything about it!” his teacher 7 him, “Don’t try to come late next time!”

  Sam says “yes” and walks to his 8 quickly, But when he tries to do the paper(试卷) ,he can’t 9 right way , He puts his head on the desk and says ,”What a 10 day it is for me!”

  1 .A. why B. how C. when D. where

  2. A. talk B. party C. exam D. meeting

  3. A. classroom B. desk C. bus D. door

  4. A. carefully B. quietly C. early D. fast

  5. A. hard B. free C. busy D. careful

  6. A. late B. ill C. quick D. early

  7. A. helps B. knows C. asks D. stops

  8. A. room B. friends C. seat D. teacher

  9. A. think B. sit C. turn D. speak

  10. A. exciting B. bad C. happy D. usual

  四、阅读理解

  A

  Jack is ten years old and he is a very lazy boy. He doesn’t like doing any work. He has to go to school, but he doesn’t study hard there and tries to do little work. His father and mother are both doctors and they hope that their son will become one, too, when he grows up. But one day Jack says to his mother, “When I finish school, I want to be a dustman(垃圾工).”

  “A dustman?” his mother asks. She is very surprised. “That’s not a good job. Why do you want to become a dustman?”

  “Because I will only have to work one day a week,” Jack answers at once.

  “Only one day a week?” his mother says, “What do you mean? And how do you know?”

  “Well,” Tom answers, “I know that the dustman comes to work on Thursday every week, because I only see them on that day.”

  1. How is Jack at school?

  A. He likes his school. B. He works hard at school.

  C. He doesn't study hard at school. D. He tries to do much work at school.

  2 Jack's parents want their son to be a_______. A. doctor B. dustman C. teacher D. worker

  3. Jack hopes to be a dustman because he thinks____________. A. that job is very important B. dustman works only on Thursday

  C. he can make more money. D. that is a dirty job

  4. Jack's mother feels surprised at his hope of being a dustman, because ___________

  A. their son is too young to be a dustman B. dustman works only one day a week

  C. it is hard to get such a job D. that is not a good job

  5 . What do you think of Jack?

  A. He is not very clever. B. He is very lazy.

  C. He likes dustmen' s work. D. He is hard-working.

  B

  Mr Read and his wife live in a comfortable(舒适的) house near the sea. During the winter they are quite happy. But every summer their relatives(亲戚)come and stay with them, because it is a nice place for a holiday, and it is much cheaper than staying in a hotel.

  One day in June Mr Read says to his neighbour, “My sister is going to bring her family to spend ten days with us next month. How do you let your relatives not come to live with you in the summer?”

  “That’s easy”, his neighbour answers, “I just borrow money from all the rich ones, and lend(借给) it to all the poor ones. After that, none of them have come again.”

  6. Where does Mr Read live?

  A. Near a small hotel B. Near the sea

  C. In a big city D. In a small village

  7. Why do Mr Read’s relatives like to stay at his house in summer?

  A. Because they can spend less money. B. Because Mr Read invites them.

  C. Because the hotels aren’t comfortable. D. Because they have no place to live in.

  8. When does Mr Read’s sister want to come for a visit?

  A. In June B. In July C. In August D. In May

  C

  When you are in England. You must be very careful in the streets because the traffic goes on the left.Before you cross the street,you must look to the right first and then the left.

  If the traffic lights are red,the traffic must stop.Then the people on foot can cross the road.

  If the lights are green, the traffic can go and people on foot mustn’t cross.

  In the morning and in the evening when people go to or come back from work,the streets are very busy.The traffic is the most dangerous then.

  When you go by bus in England,you have to be careful,too.You must always remember the traffic moves on the left.So you must be careful.Have a look first or you’ll go the wrong way.

  In many English cities,there are big buses with two floors.You can sit on the second floor.From there you can see the city very well.That’ll be very interesting.

  9.Before you cross a street in London,you must look to________ .

  A.the right side B.the left side

  C.the left first and then the right D.the right first and then the left

  10.When you drive a car in England,you must ________.

  A.drive on the left B.drive on the right

  C. ignore(疏忽)the traffic lights D.go very quickly

  11.If the traffic lights are green,the traffic ________.

  A. must stop B. is the most dangerous C. can go D. can move on the right

  12.In England you can see some buses ________.

  A.with two chairs B.with two rooms

  C.with two floors D.with two drivers

  D

  It was Mother's Day,but the young mother was a little unhappy,because she was 800 miles away from her parents.In the morning she phoned her mother to wish her a happy Mother's Day,and her mother told her about the beautiful lilacs(丁香)in the garden.

  Later that day,when she told her husband about the lilacs, he said,“I know where we can find all that you want.Get the children and come on.”So they went, driving down the country roads.www. xkb1 .com

  There on a small hill,they saw a lot of beautiful purple lilacs. The young woman ran quickly to enjoy the flowers. Carefully,she picked a few here and a few there. On their way home there was a smile on her face.

  When they were passing a nursing home(养老院),the young woman saw an old granny sitting in a chair. She had no children with her.They stopped the car and the young woman walked to the old woman, put the flowers in her hands,and smiled at her.The old granny thanked her again and again.She smiled happily, too.

  When the young mother came back to her car,her children asked her,“Who is that old granny?Why did you give our flowers to her?”

  “I don't know her,”their mother said.“But it's Mother's Day,and she has no children.I have all of you,and I still have my mother.Just think how much those flowers meant to her.”

  13. The young woman was a little unhappy on Mother's Day because .

  A. she didn't have a present B. she was a long way from her mother

  C. she didn't know it was Mother's Day D. she wanted to see her father

  14. There were many beautiful purple lilacs .

  A. in her garden B. in the market

  C. in her mother's garden D. in the nursing home

  15. The young woman had .

  A. one child B. no child C. more than one child D. a boy and a girl

  五、单词拼写(10分)

  1. Be careful! In front of our bikes _____________ (是) a big black dog.

  2. There is a wallet _____________ (躺着) on the floor.

  3. Why not _____________ (问) the policeman? He can tell you the way.

  4. Simon never ___________ (呆) out too late.

  5. Li Lei isn’t in. He ______________ (等)for his mother outside.

  6. Now the boy, like his parents,_____________ (喜欢) fast food at all.

  7. The Greens ______________ ( 计划) to go on holiday in Hawaii at present.

  8. At the moment Mr. Fox ____________ (想) “I’m right.”

  9. Must Daniel ____________ (做) his homework first before he plays computer games?

  10. My mother will have a holiday trip to her hometown next week, so my father ___ (烹饪) meals for me.

  六、句子翻译

  1. 一直走,在第二个十字路口向右拐,你会发现图书馆在你的左边

  ____ ____ ____ ____ ____

  2.我们将在明天举行晚会,我们盼望在晚会上见到你。

  ____ ____ ____ ____ ____

  3.上海的房子和苏州的房子真的不同,我很高兴和你共用这个房间。

  ____ ____ ____ ____ ____

  4.我将带你四处看看我的家乡,将花费我们两个小时。

  ____ ____ ____ ____ ____

  5.日本的首都是东京,我等不及去那儿。

  ____ ____ ____ ____ ___

  七、书面表达

  假如你是Simon,下个星期天就是你的生日,你想邀请你的朋友们来参加你的生日聚会。请你按照下面的提示写一封邀请函。字数不少于80字。

  要点包括:

  1. 生日聚会将在下个星期天中午12:00在家中(花园大厦505室)举办。

  2. 路线:乘坐1路公交车到南路即可。沿着南路一直走到红绿灯处,然后过马路,经过市场后在第二个路口左转弯。将看见花园大厦,正好在超市对面。

  3. 期盼朋友们参加聚会。

  Dear friends

  _____________________________________________________________________________

  _____________________________________________________________________________

  Yours faithfully

  Simon

  七年级英语下册期末试卷参考答案

  听力

  一、1-4  ABCA

  二、1-8 ABACB  BAC

  三、1-8 BBAAB ACC

  笔试

  二、单项选择

  1- 5: ADCCD 6-10: ADCCD 11-15:DACAD

  三、 完形填空

  1-5 ACBDC 6-10 ADCAB

  四、 阅读理解

  1-5CABDB 6-10BABDA 11-15CC BCC

  五、 动词适当形式填空

  1.is 2. lying 3.ask 4.stays 5.is waiting 6.doesn’t like 7.are planning 8.is thinking

  9.was doing 10. will cook

  六、句子翻译

  1.Go /walk straight on and turn right at the second crossroads, and you will find the library on your left.

  2.We will hold/have a party tomorrow and we look forward to meeting you at the party.

  3.The houses in Shanghai are really different from those in Suzhou, I’m very happy to share the room with you.

  4.I will show you around my hometown, it will take us two hours.

  5.The capital of Japan is Tokyo, I can’t wait to go there.

  七、书面表达

  Dear friends

  I am happy to invite you to my birthday party. I will hold the party at home at 12:00 next Sunday. Here is the route to my home. Take the No. 1 bus and get off the bus at South Road. Walk along South Road until you reach the traffic lights. Then cross the road. Walk past the market and take the second turning on the left. You’ll see Garden Building. It’s right opposite the supermarket. I live in Flat 505. I hope you can come. I’m looking forward to seeing you at my party.

  Yours faithfully

  Simon

人教版七年级下册英语期末试题相关文章:

1.人教版七年级下册英语期末试卷及答案

2.七年级下册英语期末试卷及答案人教版

3.七年级下册英语期末试卷新人教版

4.七年级下册英语期末测试题

5.人教版七年级上册英语期末测试题

七年级英语下期考试试卷题



七年级英语下期考试试卷题

  英语多说可以增强口语能力,加深记忆,使学过的知识清晰地映在脑海里,不容易被忘记,今天小编就给大家来参考一下七年级英语,欢迎大家参考哦

  七年级英语下期考试试卷题

  第I卷(共100分)

  I. 听力测试。(30分)

  A) 情景反应。(每小题1.5分,共9分)

  听一遍,根据你所听到的句子,从A、B、C三个选项中选出最恰当的答语,并把答题卡上对应题目的答案标号涂黑。

  ( ) 1. A. My name is Jack. B. I’m fine. C. I am from China.

  ( ) 2. A. Have fun. B. You are my teacher. C. Don’t say sorry.

  ( ) 3. A. He likes English. B. He is a student. C. He is watching TV.

  ( ) 4. A. Because they are my parents.

  B. Because we don’t have much time.

  C. Because they are cute.

  ( ) 5. A. It is a dog. B. Sounds good. C. You can’t talk to me.

  ( ) 6. A. It is 8:30. B. It is Monday. C. It is April.

  B) 短对话理解。 (每小题1.5分,共9分)

  听一遍,根据你所听到的对话和问题,从A、B、C三个选项中选出正确答案,并把答题卡上对应题目的答案标号涂黑。

  ( ) 7. A. By bike. B. By subway. C. By bus.

  ( ) 8. A. The singing club. B. The art club. C. The dancing club.

  ( ) 9. A. An English class. B. A Chinese class. C. A math class.

  ( ) 10. A Yes. B. No. C. We don’t know.

  ( ) 11. A. Beautiful. B. Smart. C. Fun.

  ( ) 12. A. Don’t watch elephant shows.

  B. Don’t go to Thailand.

  C. Don’t buy things made of ivory.

  C). 长对话理解。(每小题1.5分,共6分)

  听两遍,根据你所听到的对话内容,从A、B、C三个选项中选出正确答案,并把答题卡上对应题目的答案标号涂黑。

  ( ) 13. How old is Bob’s English teacher?

  A. 23 B. 24 C. 25

  ( ) 14. Bob’s English teacher is ________________.

  A. strict B. smart C. busy

  ( ) 15. Bob must __________ in the English class.

  A. Do his homework. B. Keep quiet. C. Speak Chinese

  ( ) 16. Bob has ________________ English classes every week.

  A. Four B. Five C. six

  D). 短文理解。(每小题1.5分,共6分)

  听两遍,根据你所听到的短文内容,从A、B、C三个选项中选出正确答案,并把答题卡上对应题目的答案标号涂黑。

  ( ) 17. Zhao Liang gets up at _______________.

  A. 7:30 B. 6:20 C. 8:00

  ( ) 18. Zhao Liang has breakfast with_________________.

  A. his parents B. his brothers C. his classmates

  ( ) 19. Zhao Liang goes to school _____________.

  A. by bike B. by bus C. on foot

  ( ) 20. It takes him about ___________ to get to school.

  A. 10 minutes B. 20 minutes C. half an hour

  II. 单项选择 。(每小题1分,共20分)

  从A、B、C、D四个选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳答案,并把答题卡上对应该题目的答案标号涂黑。

  ( )21. He can play ______ volleyball, but he can’t play______ violin.

  A. the, a B. /, the C. the, / D. a, the

  ( )22. My brother is good ______sports, and he is good _______ his friends.

  A. for, at B. with, for C. at, for D. at, with

  ( )23. He usually helps me ______the housework.

  A. with B. to do C. do D. A、B and C

  ( )24. ---Can you ______it in English?

  ---No, I can’t.

  A. speak B. say C. tell D. says

  ( )25. --- _______ do you eat lunch?

  ---At 12:00.

  A. What time B. Who C. Why D. Where

  ( )26. There _______ a boy and two girls in the music room, they are singing.

  A. is B. are C. has D. have

  ( )27. My school isn’t far from here. It’s only _____ walk.

  A. fifteen minutes B. fifteen minutes’

  C. fifteen minute’s D. fifteen minutes’s

  ( )28. It’s eight now. It’s time _______.

  A. go to school B. go to the bed C. to go to school D. go home

  ( )29. he sleeps all day, he is very lazy.

  A. Because, so B. So, because C. Because, / D. So, /

  ( )30. There are five ______________ books in the room.

  A. hundred B. hundreds of C. hundreds D. hundred of

  ( )31. Students ______________ Thailand love elephants.

  A. from B. are from      C. come from   D. go to

  ( )32. I have _ _ rules in my home. We have __ _ homework to do today.

  A. too m any, too much B. too much , many too

  C. too many, much too D. much too, many too

  ( )33. The girl is shy.

  A. very much B. a kind of C. kind of D. little

  ( )34. I can’t sing dance. He can’t, .

  A. or, either B. and, too C. or, too D. and, either

  ( )35. She is a _______ musician, she can play music very .

  A. well, good B. much, well C. good, well D. bad, good

  ( )36. ---_______ does it take her to get to school?

  ---It takes her about ________ minutes.

  A. How far, twenty-five B . How long, twenty-five

  C. How far, twenty five D. How long, twenty five

  ( )37. -Can he _____________ the soccer well?

  -No, he can’t.

  A. play B. to play    C. playing D. plays

  ( )38. Don’t forget ____________ your photos here when you come to school.

  A. bringing B. to take C. taking D. to bring

  ( )39. Bo b and his friends have fun in the river every summer.

  A. Swim B. to swim C. swimming D. swiming

  ( )40. ______________ that in the room. It is very dangerous!

  A. Don’t B. Not do C. Do not D. Don’t do

  III. 完型填空。(每小题1.5分,共15分)

  根据短文内容,从A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳答案。

  Many students like 41 very much. But 42 Monday to Friday,they must go to school. So on Saturday and Sunday they stay at home and 43 TV from morning to night. They don’t know it’s bad for their eyes. Usually children like to eat fish, meat and chicken, but they don’t like vegetables 44 fruit. They don’t know 45 more vegetables and fruit is better than eating meat.

  At school the children only do 46 minutes of sports or 47 do any sports. The teachers must know it isn’t good for 48 health.

  We always think of ways to keep 49 . We must eat 50 vegetables and fruit,do enough (足够的) sports every day. And we should watch TV and read in right ways.

  ( )41. A. watch TV B. watch the TV C. watching TV D. watching the TV

  ( )42. A. on B. and C. from D. to

  ( )43. A. watch B. see C. read D. look

  ( )44. A. and B. wit h C. or D. but

  ( )45. A. buying B. eating C. getting D. keeping

  ( )46. A. a few B. few C. little D. a little

  ( )47. A. often B. sometimes C. usually D. never

  ( )48. A. them B. they C. their D. theirs

  ( )49. A. health B. healthy C. busy D. free

  ( )50. A. more B. much C. a lot D. many

  IV.阅读理解。(每小题2分,共30分)

  阅读下列材料,从A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳的答案,并把答题卡上对应该题目的答案标号涂黑。

  (A)

  The Wenhua International School

  You must You mustn’t(不准)

  Arrive at school at half past seven every morning. Talk loudly in the hallways.

  Hand in your homework by eight.

  Eat or drink in the classroom.

  Look clean and tidy. Bring MP3 to school.

  Be quiet in the library. Run or shout in the school buildings.

  Stand up when a teacher comes into the classroom. Fight.

  ( )51.What can’t you do when you are in the school buildings?

  A. Eat or drink. B. Run or shout. C. Talk loudly. D. Listen to music.

  ( )52.Can you bring your MP3 to school?

  A. No, we can’t. B. Yes, we can. C. No, they can’t. D. Yes, they can.

  ( )53.What do you have to do when your teacher comes into the classroom?

  A. Hand in my homework. B. Be quiet.

  C. Stand up. D. Clean the classroom.

  (B)

  We are all learning English, but how can we learn English well? A student can know a lot about English, but maybe(可能)he can’t speak English.

  If you want to know how to swim, you must get into the river. And if you want to be a football player, you must play football. So, you see. You can learn English only by using it. You must listen to your teacher in class. You must read your lessons every day. You must speak English to your classmates and also you must write something sometimes. Then one day, you may find your English very good.

  ( )54. If you want to learn to swim, you should(应该) _________.

  A. read books about swimming B. learn from other people first

  C .get into the river D. play football well first

  ( )55. If you want to be a football player, you should __ ___ __.

  A. put your football away B. practice football

  C. buy a good football D. watch others play football

  ( )56. The story of learning swimming and playing football tells us that ________.

  A. we learn English by using it B. swimming needs water

  C. playing football is easy D. learning English is difficult

  ( )57. If you want to study English well, you mus t often ________.

  A. write in English B. speak English C. listen to English D. A, B and C

  (C)

  Welcome to the English Corner(英语角)

  Room 101

  You can know all about the English Corner here. If(如果) you want to join us, you need to start (开始) from here. The telephone number is 85436200. You can call us.

  Room 102

  This room is for oral(口语的) English. All teachers here are from the U.S. You can call 85436210.

  Room 103

  The telephone number is 85436220. If you join us, you can read English books here for free(免费). If you do not, you need to pay for your reading.

  Room 104

  The room is for English writing from Monday to Friday. You can make friends here.

  ( ) 58. Tom wants to join the English Corner, so he can visit Room ______ first.

  A. 101 B. 102 C. 103 D. 104

  ( ) 59. Linda can call __________ to know more about oral English.

  A. 85436200 B. 85436220 C. 85436210 D. 85435420

  ( ) 60. The underlined words “pay for” mean _________ in Chinese.

  A. 付账 B. 享受 C. 预约 D. 改变

  ( ) 61. What can we know from the passage?

  A. Linda can read English books in Room 101.

  B. Room 104 is not open on Monday.

  C. Sam can learn oral English in the English Corner.

  D. Jim can know all about the English Corner in Room 103.

  (D)

  In many English homes people eat four meals a day. They have breakfast at any time from seven to nine in the morning. They eat porridge (粥)、eggs or bread and drink tea or coffee for brea kfast. Lunch comes at one o’clock. Afternoon tea is from four to five in the afternoon and dinner is about half past seven. First they have soup, then they have meat or fish with vegetables. After that, they eat some other things, like bananas, apples or oranges. But not all English people eat like that. Some of them have their dinner in the middle of the day. Their meals are breakfast, dinner, tea and supper and all these meals are very simple(简单).

  ( ) 62. Many English people have _________ meals a day .

  A. two B. three C. four D. five

  ( ) 63. People have lunch at _________.

  A. any time B. nine o’clock C. half past seven D. one o’clock

  ( ) 64. People don’t hav e __________ for their dinner.

  A. bananas and apples B. soup and meat C. meat and fish D. porridge

  ( ) 65. Which of the following sentence is TRUE (正确的) ?

  A. All English people have their dinner in the evening.

  B. People like porridge, eggs or bread and drink tea or coffee for breakfast.

  C. Lunch comes at twelve o’clock.

  D. Before they have meat or fish with vegetables, they have fruit.

  V. 口语应用。(每小题1分,共5分)

  从方框内7个选项中选择5个恰当的句子完成此对话并把答案填在答题卡上。

  A: Excuse me, Dale. Can I ask you some questions?

  B: Sure.

  A: How do you get to school?

  B: 66 .

  A: How long does it take?

  B: About fifteen minutes.

  What about you? 67 .

  A: No, I walk to school. 68 .

  B: How long does it take to walk to school?

  A: 69 . I usually walk to school with my sister.

  B: Well! 70 .

  A: It’s interesting. I can talk with my sister.

  66. 67. ________ 68. _________ 69. _________ 70. ________

  第II卷(共50分)

  VI. 任务型阅读。(每小题2分,共8分)

  阅读下文并回答问题。

  Bikes and cars are two important things. Many Chinese people have cars now, but most Chinese people still like to ride bikes. Do you know why?

  We all know that the bike can’t go quickly, but it’s easy for people to buy and ride it. As for the car, it needs too much money.

  Most Americans live far from the center of cities or their working places. So they need cars to go shopping or go to work every day. Most Chinese people live near their working places, so they don’t need cars to go to work. And it’s good for the environment(环境) if people stop driving. So there is a day called “No-Car Day” on September 22nd every year.

  For me, I like to go to school by bike. It is easy and healthy.

  71. Do most Chinese people need to drive cars?

  ___________________________________________________

  72. When is “No-Car Day” every year?

  ____________________________________ _______________

  73. What two things does the passage(文章) talk about?

  ___________________________________________________

  74. Why do most Americans need cars to go shopping or go to work every day?

  VI 完成句子。(每空1分,共10分)

  根据所给提示,完成句子并把答案填在答题卡上。每空一词,含缩略词。

  75. Lucy always eats some food for breakfast. (改为否定句)

  Lucy_______________ eats ______________food for breakfast.

  76. It is 2 kilometers from my home to school. (对划线部分提问)

  ___________ _____________ is it from your home to school?

  77. I sometimes take the subway to school.(改为同义句)

  I sometimes go to school _______________ _______________.

  78. 李老师对我们要求严格。(完成译句)

  Miss Li is _______________ _______________ us.

  79. 他是一个八岁大的男孩。(完成译句)

  He is ___________ _________________ boy.

  VII. 短文填空。(每空2分,共16分)

  根据短文内容,在空格处填上一个恰当的词,使短文完整、通顺。并把答案填在答题卡上。

  Let me 80 you something about my little dog, Snoopy(史努比). Snoopy is 81 American dog. He looks very cute. He has two small eyes(眼睛), two big ears(耳朵), four short 82 and a small tail(尾巴). Now he can play many games. If I say “Go to sleep!” he goes to his bed 83 lies(躺)down. If I say “ 84 basketball!” he goes to catch a ball and puts it into a basket. If I say “Please dance 85 us!” then he dances to the music. “Can he 86 a song(歌曲)?” a friend asks me. “Sure, he can, but he doesn’t sing 87 English or Chinese. When he sings, nobody can understand him.”

  80. 81. 82. 83.

  84. 85. 86. 87.

  IX. 书面表达。(16分)

  假如你是Tom,请给你的新朋友Mike写一封信,介绍你的一些具体情况。不少于60词。要点提示:

  1. 你叫什么名字,来自哪儿;

  2. 你喜欢什么(兴趣爱好、动物等)并说明原因;

  3. 你通常几点上学,怎么上学,大约要花去多少时间;

  4. 在学校要遵守些什么样的纪律(至少列出两个)。

  Dear Mike,

  __________________________________________________________________

  _____________________________

  __________________________________________________________________

  _________

  _____________________________________________________________

  __________________________________________________________________

  Yours,

  Tom

  答案

  第I卷(共100分)

  I. 听力测试。(每小题1.5分,共30分)

  1-6 CACCBA 7-12 BAABCC 13-16 CABB 17-20 BAAA

  II. 单项选择。(每小题1分,共20分)

  21-25:BDDBA 26-30:ABCCA 31-35:AACAC 36-40:BADCD

  III. 完型填空。(每小题1.5分,共15分)

  41-45:CCACB 46-50:ADCBA

  IV. 阅读理解。(每小题2分,共30分)

  (A): 51—53: BAC

  (B): 54—57: CBAD

  (C): 58—61: ACAC

  (D): 62—65: CDDB

  V. 口语应用。(每小题1分,共5分)

  66-70:DCAGF

  第II卷(共50分)

  VI. 任务型阅读。(每小题2分,共8分)

  71: No, they don’t. /No.

  72: On September 22nd.

  73. Bikes and cars.

  74. Because they live far from the center of cities or their working places.

  VII.句型转换。(每空1分,共10分)

  75: never, any. 76: How, far. 77: by, subway.

  78: strict, with. 79: an, 8-year-old

  (评分标准: 形式、拼写错误不给分)

  VIII. 短文填空。(每空2分,共16分)

  80: tell 81: an 82: legs 83: and 84: Play 85: for 86: sing 87: in

  (评分标准:用词正确而形式错误,只给1分)

  第二学期七年级英语下期中试卷

  一.听力(每小题1分,共20分)

  第一部分 听对话回答问题。本部分共有10道小题,每小题你将听到一段对话,每段对话读两遍。听每段对话或短文前,你将有时间阅读相关小题,每小题5秒钟;听完后,每小题你仍有5秒钟的时间选择你认为最合适的备选答案。

  1. How does her father go to work?

  A. B. C.

  2. Where is the man’s pen friend from?

  A. B. C.

  3. What does Walter do after work?

  A. B. C.

  4. What is Jack going to be when he grows up?

  A. B. C.

  5. When will the film begin?

  A. At 6:30. B. At 7:00. C. At 7:30.

  6. What will the boy do tomorrow?

  A. Do his homework. B. Go to work. C. Do his housework.

  7. Where does the boy have lunch?

  A. In the restaurant. B. At home. C. At school.

  8. What does the man want to do?

  A. Climb hills. B. Go fishing. C. Go shopping.

  9. What will the girl do this afternoon?

  A. Have a party. B. Visit the old people. C. Go shopping.

  10.When is the man's birthday?

  A. On April 30th . B. On May 1st . C. On May 2nd .

  第二部分 听对话和短文答题。你将听到一段对话和两篇短文,各听两遍。听每段对话或短文前,你将有时间阅读相关小题,每小题5秒钟;听完后,每小题你仍有5秒钟的时间选择你认为最合适的备选答案。

  听一段对话,回答第11-12小题。

  11. What club is the boy in?

  A. In the dancing club. B. In the drawing club. C. In the singing club.

  12. How often does the boy go to the club?

  A. Every day. B. Twice a week. C. Three times a week.

  听第一篇短文,回答第13-15小题。请根据短文内容,选择正确答案,完成信息记录表。

  A Day out

  When and where They will have a trip to Sunshine Park 13

  How to go They will go there by 14

  What to do They will 15 in the morning and boat in the lake in the afternoon.

  13. A. this Sunday B. next Sunday C. next Saturday

  14. A. bike B. bus C. car

  15. A. go swimming B. play volleyball C. fly kites

  听第二篇短文,回答第16-20小题。

  16. Where does Jim live?

  A. In New York. B. In Paris. C. In Lo ndon.

  17. How many people are there in Jim's family?

  A. Three. B. Four. C. Five.

  18. How does Jim's father go to work?

  A. On foot. B. By bike. C. By bus.

  19. Where do Jim's parents talk with their friends?

  A. In the living room. B. On the balcony. C. In the garden.

  20. What's TRUE about Jim' s flat?

  A. It's in the centre of the city. B. It is big with two bedrooms.

  C. It's small with no gardens.

  二、单项选择(每小题1分;共15分)

  从A、B、C、D 四个选项中,选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。

  21.Which of the following places is NOT a capital city?

  A. Tokyo B. London C. Sydney D. Paris

  22.He has sons and his son is twelve years old.

  A. three; first B. third; one C. three; one D. third; first

  23. Which number of the following is the largest?

  A. Ten thousand B. Fifty thousand

  C. Half million D. Four hundred thousand

  24. --- I forget to bring my English book.

  ---- Never mind. I c an ______ mine _____ you.

  A. share; with B. help; with C. play; with D. take; with

  25. --- Hello. May I speak to Simon, please?---

  A. Yes, I'm Simon. B. I'm Simon speaking

  C. No, you can't. D. This is Simon speaking.

  26. --- Excuse me, may I use your bicycle? is broken.

  --- Certainly. But remember to return it before lunch.

  A. I B. Mine C. Myself D. Me

  27. ---- Could you tell me how I can get to the park?

  ----_______. I am also new here.

  A. Thanks a lot B. All right

  C. That's right D. Sorry, I don’t know

  28._____have long necks and are often a few meters tall.

  A. Lions B. Tigers C. Elephants D. Giraffes

  29.We usually cook meals in the ___________.

  A. bedroom B. balcony C. kitchen D. bathroom

  30. We often go to school bike but today we will come to school the school bus.

  A. by; by B. on; on C. by; on D. on; by

  31. The online shop sells clothes at a very good price.

  A. child and man's B. children and men's

  C. children's and men D. children's and men's

  32. Beijing is big city and it's capital of China.

  A. the; the B. a; a C. the; a D. a; the

  33.----______ the food like in that supermarket? -----Very great.

  A. How about B. What's C. How is D. What about

  34.----______is it from your home to your school?

  ----It is about two kilometers.

  A. How long B. How far C. How often D. How soon

  35.Children's Day is coming. All the children are looking forward to _____ some presents.

  A. get B. to get C. getting D. gets

  三、完形填空(每小题1分;共10分)

  Tom 36 in a small town in England. He always stays in England 37 his holiday, but this year he thinks, “I've never been to 38 countries. All my friends go to Spain, 39 they like it very much, so this year I'm going there too.”So he gets on a 40 to Spain and 41 at the airport of the capital, Madrid, and he stays in a hotel for a few days.

  On the first morning he goes 42 for a walk. In England people drive on the left, but in Spain they drive on the right. Tom forgets about this, and while he is 43 on a busy street, a bicycle knocks him down.

  Tom 44 on the ground for a few minutes and then he sits up and says,” Where am I?” Just then an old man selling maps goes past him. When he hears Tom's words, he 45 to him at once,” Maps of the city, sir?”

  36.A. flies B. lives C. goes D. drops

  37.A.for B. off C. with D. into

  38.A.all B. both C. other D. any

  39.A. and B. but C. or D. so

  40.A. bus B. plane C. train D. bike

  41.A. reaches B. leaves C. arrives D. stays

  42.A. down B. up C. away D. out

  43.A. walking B. running C. jumping D. driving

  44.A.lies B. stands C. falls D. jumps

  45.A. says B. tells C. talks D. speaks

  四、阅读理解(每小题2分;共20分)

  A

  This is the contents of a book.

  Basketball

  Basketball quiz Page 211-223

  College teams Page 172-182

  Equipment Page 98-112

  Famous players of the NBA Page 309-345

  History Page 1-26

  Rules of the game Page 27-39

  Teams in Europe Page 114-171

  46.What information can you find on page 27-39?

  A. Teams in Europe B. Teams in the USA

  C. Rules of the game D. Equipment

  47.The history of basketball can be found on page________.

  A. 224-266 B. 98-112 C. 172-182 D.1-26

  48.What is the writer's purpose(目的) of this writing?

  A. Tell somebody about a book B. Wait for somebody

  C. Receive somebody as a guest D. None of these.

  B

  Club A

  Open hour: 5:00p.m.—6:30 p.m.

  Day: Monday—Friday

  Activities: Beijing opera ,

  playing the lute(琵琶)

  Age: 8 to 12

  Telephone: 88830401 Club B

  Open hour:5:00p.m.—6:30 p.m.

  Day: Thursday—Friday

  Activities: making cards ,

  drawing pictures

  Age: 12 to 13

  Telephone: 88930501

  Club C

  Open hour:4:30p.m.—6:00 p.m.

  Day: Tuesday

  Activities: computer studies, dancing

  Age: 10 to 13

  Telephone: 88730401 Club D

  Open hour:3:30p.m.—4:50 p.m.

  Day: Monday—Friday

  Activities: making cards , singing

  Age: 15 to 17

  Telephone: 88940302

  49. You can call _____ if you like dancing.

  A. 88730401 B. 88940302 C. 88830401 D. 88930501

  50. Jane can learn to _____if she is 16 years old.

  A. dance B. play the lute C. make cakes D. make cards

  51. Where can you read the passage?

  A. In the school library B. In a storybook

  C. On club's walls D. In an English book

  C

  Welcome to London and welcome to our Great London Tours.

  Great London Tours is the best in London. Our tours take you to all the places you want to see in London. We invite you to see all the beautiful places of interest here on an open top bus. Why are we the best?

  * Our friendly guides (导游) know a lot about London. They are always ready to answer all your q uestions.

  * We have information in English, Chinese, Japanese and so on.

  * Our buses stop at all the popular tourist attractions. Get on and off our buses where you want!

  * Your ticket is good value (物有所值).

  * Our buses run 7 days a week from 6 in the morning to 12 at night.

  * Our buses come every 10 minutes.

  * We give you a FREE trip on the River Thames.

  52.People can ___to see t he places of interest in London according t o the passage.

  A. take a bus B. take the underground

  C. walk around D. take a taxi

  53. If you just miss a bus, how long will it take you to wait for the next bus?

  A. Ten minutes. B. A quarter of an hour.

  C. Half an hour. D. An hour.

  54. What cannot Great London Tours do?

  A. Invite you to take an open top bus.

  B. Take you to places in London at any time.

  C. Answer all your questions.

  D. Take you to all places you want to see in London.

  55. According to the passage, Great London Tours may be a______.

  A. school B. company C. park D. museum

  五、根据音标写单词(每小题1分;共10分)

  56. ['ɡα:dn] _______ 57. [ɡru:p]_______ 58. [fi:ld] ________

  59. [in'vait] _______ 60.['eniθiŋ] _______ 61. ['θiətə(r)] _______

  62.[ɡrəu]_______ 63.['træfik]______ 64.[lα:f]______ 65. [rəud] ______

  六、词汇(每小题1分;共10分)

  A)选用方框内的单词填空,其中有一个单词是多余的。

  visitors' knives ninetieth worry fixes check

  66. Don't put the everywhere. They are too dangerous.

  67. My grandfather's birthday is coming soon. I want to give him a present.

  68. I'm not sure. Maybe the bag is one of the .

  69. Lucy, don't about your father. I think he will get well soon.

  70. My brother always the bicycle for me.

  B)根据句子意思,用括号内所给单词的正确形式填空。

  71.Don't touch the _______(break) glass. It may hurt your hand.

  72.----There's something wrong with my bike.

  ----OK.I _______(ask) my uncle to help you.

  73.How _______(fun) the monkeys are when they make faces!

  74.______ (leaf) turn green in spring and turn yellow in autumn.

  75.I seldom eat ______(west) food. I like Chinese food better.

  七、阅读短文,回答问题(共5小题;共10分)

  People make many different kinds of houses around the world. Weather tells us what kind of house we need to make.

  In hot places such as south China and south America, the weather is warm so people can be outside most of the time. But they still need to keep themselves safe from the sun, rain and insects. Houses in such places can have screens on their windows and doors. They let the wind into the houses, but keep out the insects.

  In Canada, north China and other cold places, houses need to keep out the cold and keep in the heat. These houses need thick walls. lf there is a lot of snow, the roofs(屋顶) need to let the snow fall off easily. These houses cannot have flat roofs. The roofs must also be strong, so they can hold a lot of snow.

  What kind of house do you live in? Is it good for the weather you have?

  76. Can people be outside most of the time in south China?

  77. We make houses according to (根据) it and it tells us what kind of house we need to make. What is it?

  78. Why do houses in hot places have screens on windows and doors?

  79. What's the title of the passage?

  80. Is your house good for the weather you have?

  八、连词成句(每小题2分,共10分)

  81.country is from which this photo(?)

  82.some students are college ready to help there (.)

  83.is next to case pencil books Lily’s our (.)

  84.second on the right take turning the (.)

  85.the bridge across let's and the go see elephants(.)

  九、书面表达(共1小题;共15分)

  请根据提示写一篇70词左右的英语短文,介绍你的家乡。要求语法正确,语句通顺。(开头和结尾已给出,不计入总词数)

  家乡 徐州,江苏北部,居民善良,友好,城市美丽……

  我的家 大型社区,9层,公寓……

  环境 许多花草树木,空气新鲜……

  活动 购物,享受美食,划船……

  I'm glad to tell you something about my hometown.

  ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

  Welcome to my hometown!

  七年级英语试题答案

  一、听力(每小题1分,共20分)

  1—5 C C C A B 6—10 A A B A C 11—15 B C C A C

  16—20 C B C A C

  二、 单项选择(15分)

  21—25 C A C A D 26—30 B D D C C 31—35 D D B B C

  三、完形填空(10分)

  36—40 B A C A B 41—45 C D A A A

  四、 阅读理解 (20分)

  46—48 C D A 49—51 A D C 52—55 A A B B

  五、 根据音标写单词(10分)

  56.garden 57.group 58.field 59.invite 60.anything

  61.theater/theatre 62.grow 63.traffic 64.laugh 65.road

  六、词汇(每小题1分;共10分)

  66.knives 67.ninetieth 68.visitors’ 69.worry 70.fixes

  71.broken 72.will ask 73.funny 74.Leaves 75.western

  七、阅读短文,回答问题(共5小题;共10分)

  76. Yes, they can.

  77. It's the weather.

  78. Because people need to keep themselves safe from the sun, rain and insects.

  79. Weather and Houses.

  80. Yes, it is./No, it isn't.

  八、 连词成句(每小题2分,共10分)

  81.Which is this photo from?

  82.Some college students are there ready to help.

  83.Lily's pencil case is next to our books.

  84.Take the second turning on the right.

  85.Let's go across the bridge and see the elephan ts.

  九、书面表达(共15分)

  评分说明

  1. 根据内容和语言确定档次给分,包括要点,词汇和语法的准确性及上下文的连贯等。

  2. 拼写和标点符号是语言准确性的一个方面,评分时应根据对表达的影响程度给予考虑。

  3. 词数低于50的,扣2分。

  4. 分五个档次给分:

  第五档:(13 -15分)能表达出全部要点,语言基本无误,行文连贯流畅,表达清楚。

  第四档:(9-12分)能表达出大部分要点,语言基本无误,行文连贯流畅,表达清楚。

  第三档:(5-8分)能表达出部分要点,语言有较多错误,影响意思表达。

  第二档:(1-4分)只能写出一些与内容有关的单词,严重影响意思表达。

  第一档:(0分) 无内容或所写内容与写作任务无关。

  5.要点:每个要点3分,行文3分。

  I'm glad to tell you something about my hometown. My hometown is Xuzhou. It's north of Jiangsu . It's a beautiful and modern city. People here are kind and friendly. There are many flowers and trees in the city so the air is very fresh.

  This is my home. It is in a big community. I live in a fla t. It is a tall building. It has nine floors. Most people here live in flats like this.

  In the morning, we can smell the flowers and hear the birds sing. There are also many interesting things to do here. You can do some shopping, eat delicious food and enjoy local opera here. Besides, you can visit some famous places of interest, such as Yun Long Lake, Yun long Mountain in your spare time.

  Welcome to my hometown!

  附: 听力材料

  一、听力(共20题, 每小题1分,计20分。)

  第一部分 听对话回答问题(计10分)

  本部分共有10道小题,每小题你将听到一段对话,每段对话读两遍。在听每段对话前,你将有5秒钟的时间阅读题目;听完后,你还有5秒钟的时间选择你认为最合适的备选答案。

  1. W: How does your father go to work every day?

  M: By bike. His office is not far from our home.

  2. W: What are you doing, Jack?

  M: I’m writing a letter to my pen friend in Japan.

  3. W: Do you watch TV after work, Walter?

  M: No, I don’t. I usually go to buy some food for meals.

  4. M: What are you going to be when you grow up, Jack?

  W: I want to be a cook.

  5. W: Are you ready, Simon? Hurry up, or we'll be late.

  M: Don't worry. Now it's half past six. The film will begin in thirty minutes.

  6. W: Will you be free tomorrow?

  M: I’m afraid not. I’ll have a lot of homework to do.

  7. W: Do you have lunch at home?

  M: No, my parents don't come home for lunch.

  My home is just next to a restaurant and I usually have lunch there.

  8. W: Would you like to climb hills this Saturday?

  M: No. Why don’t we go fishing?

  9. W: I 'll have a party at my home this afternoon. Would you like to come?

  M: I'd like to, but my parents will take me to visit the old people.

  10. W: I hear today is your birthday.

  M: No, tomorrow is my birthday. It’s May Day today.

  第二部分 听对话和短文答题

  你将听到一段对话和两篇短文,各听两遍。听每段对话或短文前,你将有时间阅读相关小题,每小题5秒钟;听完后,每小题你仍有5秒钟的时间选择你认为最合适的备选答案。

  听一段对话,回答第11-12小题。

  W: Are there any community centers in your neighborhood?

  M: Yes, there is one.

  W: Do you like it?

  M: Yes. We can have lots of fun and get many skills there.

  W: So t here are many clubs in it, right?

  M: That's true. I'm in the drawing club.

  W: How often do you go there?

  M: Three times a week.

  听第一篇短文,回答第13-15小题。请根据短文内容,选择正确答案,完成信息记录表。

  Li Hong and her parents are planning a day out. They will have the trip with Li Hong's uncle's family next Saturday. They will meet at Li Hong's home at 7:30 a.m. that day. The trip starts at 8:00 a.m. They will go to Sunshine Park by bike and enjoy a fun day there. In the morning, they will fly kites. They will have a picnic lunch in the park. In the afternoon, they will boat on the lake in the park. At 4:30 p.m., they will go back.

  听第二篇短文,回答第16-20小题。

  Hi, my name is Jim. I'm a boy in London. I live with my parents and my brother in a flat.

  Our flat is 2 miles away from the center of the city. My father goes to work by bus from Monday to Friday. At the weekend, he often takes me to the beach.

  Our flat has three bedrooms. There is a bed-room for my mother and father, one for me and the other for my brother. There is a living room. My parents talk with their friends there. In summer, before going to bed, we usually have a bath in the bathroom. We do not have a garden, but there is a small balcony. There are some flowers on the balcony. In summer, we often sit on the balcony because it gets very hot in the flat. Our flat is small, but we are very happy in it.

  七年级第二学期英语期中试卷

  第I 卷(共100分)

  I.听力测试(共30分)

  第一节:情景反应。听一遍。(每小题1.5分,共9分)

  ( ) 1. A. Yes, I am. B. At 8 o’clock. C. No, I take a bus.

  ( ) 2. A. 15 minutes. B. 15 kilometers. C. 10 o’clock.

  ( ) 3. A. Yes, he is. B. No, he isn’t. C. No, he can’t.

  ( ) 4. A. On foot. B. 20 minutes. C. Yes, I ride my bike.

  ( ) 5. A. Yes, I do. B. At eight o’clock. C. I run for ten minutes.

  ( ) 6. A. Really? B. You’re welcome. C. Thank you.

  第二节:短对话理解。听一遍(每小题1.5分,共9分)

  ( ) 7. What club does Lisa want to join ?

  A. B. C.

  ( ) 8. How does Tony go to school ?

  A. B. C.

  ( ) 9. What time is it ?

  A. B. C.

  ( ) 10. What animal does Sam like?

  A. B. C.

  ( ) 11. What does Frank usually do after school?

  A. B. C.

  ( ) 12. What can’t we do here?

  A. B. C.

  第三节:长对话理解。听两遍。(每小题1.5分,共6分)

  听下面一段材料,回答第13和14小题。

  ( ) 13. What are they talking about?

  A. Animals. B. Places. C. Rules.

  ( )14. What can’t we do in school?

  A. We can’t listen to music in the hallways.

  B. We can’t wear a hat.

  C. We can’t play basketball with friends.

  听下面一段材料,回答第15和16小题。

  ( ) 15. How many kinds of animals does Alice want to see?

  A. Two. B. Three. C. Four.

  ( ) 16. What animals does Alice like best?

  A. Koalas. B. Pandas. C. Giraffes.

  第四节:短文理解。 听两遍。(每小题1.5分,共6分)

  ( ) 17. Brown usually gets up at on schooldays.

  A. 5:00 B. 6:00 C. 5:30

  ( ) 18. Brown usually goes on a to cross the river.

  A. bridge B. boat C. ropeway

  ( ) 19. Brown’s home is from the school.

  A. near B. not far C. far

  ( ) 20. Brown doesn’t to get to school.

  A. take the subway B. walk C. take a bus

  II.单项选择(每小题1分,共18分)

  从A、B、C、D四个选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳答案。

  ( ) 21. Look!The little cat can walk ________ two legs.

  A. at B. in C. with D. on

  ( ) 22. —Why does he like pandas?

  —Because they are ________ cute.

  A. a kind of B. kind of C. all kinds of D. kinds of

  ( ) 23. Dingshan Park is a place ________ many trees around it. I feel very relaxed.

  A. for B. with C. in D. on

  ( ) 24. We need you with English Chinese-speaking students.

  A. to help, for B. help, for C. to help, in D. help, with

  ( ) 25. —What time do you usually get up ________Sunday morning?

  —________eight o'clock.

  A.on;At B.at;In C.at;On D.in;For

  ( ) 26. In our school library, we can’t be ________. Everybody has to be quiet.

  A. noisy B. dirty C. strict D. terrible

  ( ) 27. — Come and join our school music festival. Can you play ________?

  —Yes, I can.

  A. basketball B. piano C. chess D. the violin

  ( ) 28. Tim, you can eat vegetables. They are good you.

  A. at B. for C. to D. with

  ( ) 29. —Where is your mother, Tom?

  — Listen! She ________ on the phone in the kitchen.

  A. talking B. is talking C. talk D. talks

  ( ) 30.Ann often school very early and home very late.

  A. gets to, gets to B. gets, gets

  C. goes to, goes to D. goes to, gets

  ( ) 31. This is elephant. It is .

  A. a 18 years old, 18 years old B. an 18-year-old, 18 years old

  C. an 18-years-old, 18 years old D. an 18-year-old, 18-year-old

  ( ) 32. It takes two hours Guiyang by train.

  A. him; go to B. him, to get to C. his, to go D. he, to get

  ( ) 33. My parents are always strict me.

  A. with B. to C. in D. at

  ( ) 34.There is a library the school the park.

  A. between, and B. between, with

  C. both, and D. both, with

  ( ) 35. —________run in the hallways. —________, Ms. White.

  A. Don’t; No B. Don’t; Excuse m e

  C. Don’t; Sorry D. Do; Thank you

  ( ) 36.—Don’t forget ________your history and Chinese books tomorrow morning.

  —Thanks. I won't.

  A. bring B. brings C. bringing D. to bring

  ( ) 37. I have rules and homework to do. It’s terrible.

  A. too many, too many B. too much, too many

  C. too many, too much D. too much, too much

  ( ) 38. Hundreds of people________the dragon boat races now.

  A. watches B. are watching C. watch D. is watching

  III.完形填空。(每题1.5分,共15分)

  There is a zoo in my city. They have 39 new animals today. A panda, a lion, a koala and a giraffe. The 40 name is Molly. It 41 from China and it’s three years old. It likes 42 bamboos(竹子). It is very 43 and kind of shy. The name 44 the lion is Bill and it is from Africa. It is five years old and it likes meat best. It is a strong and dangerous animal. So don’t be near to it. The 45 one is Lorry. It is a koala of two years old. It is from Australia. It is very lazy 46 smart. It 47 during the day and at night it gets up to eat leaves. The last one is a giraffe. It is very beautiful. 48 name is Polly. Polly is four years old and it’s from South Africa. It has a long neck. It likes eat ing grass very much.

  ( ) 39.A. three B. four C. five D. six

  ( ) 40.A.lion’s B. panda’s C. koala’s D. giraffe’s

  ( ) 41.A.come B. be C. comes D. are

  ( ) 42.A. eatting B. eating C. eats D. eat

  ( ) 43.A.love B. scary C. ugly D. cute

  ( ) 44.A.of B. for C. with D. at

  ( ) 45.A. three B. third C. four D. fourth

  ( ) 46.A. but B. and C. or D. too

  ( ) 47.A. sleepping B. sleep C. sleeping   D. sleeps

  ( ) 48.A.It B. It’s C. Its D. He

  IV. 阅读理解。(每题2分,共30分)

  A

  Animal shows in City Zoo

  Lion Show

  Day: Saturday

  Time:2:00p.m.—6:00p.m.

  Place: Lion’s Home

  Price: $15

  Elephant Show

  Day: Sunday

  Time: 9:30a.m.—11:00a.m.

  Place: Elephant’s Home

  Price: $20

  Monkey Show

  Day: Saturday and Sunday

  Time: 1:00 p.m.—4:00 p.m.

  Place:Monkeys’ Home

  Price: $25

  ( )49. When is the lion show?

  A. On Saturday morning. B. On Saturday evening.

  C. On Sunday afternoon. D. On Satur day afternoon.

  ( )50. How long is the elephant show?

  A. Half an hour. B. One hour. C. Two hours. D. One and a half hours.

  ( )51. Where can we see the monkey show?

  A. Near Elephants’ House. B. Next to Lions’ Home.

  C. At Monkeys’ Home. D. In the City Zoo’s hall.

  ( )52. If John’s parents take him and his sister to see the lion show, they need .

  A. $30 B. $40 C. $60 D. $80

  ( )53. 下列哪项陈述是正确的?

  A. You can see the elephant show and the monkey show on the same day.

  B. The ticket (票) for the lion show is the most expensive (最贵的) of all.

  C. Ben has $50 and he can see all the animal shows i n City Zoo.

  D. the monkey show is two hours long.

  B.

  I have three new classmates. They are Pawl, Kerr and Angina.

  Pawl is from the U .S.A. He is 13 years old. He likes sports very much. He can play soccer and volleyball very well. But he can’t play ping-pong ball. So he wants to learn to play ping-pong in the sports club.

  Kerr is an English girl. She is good at singing English songs. She joins the music club. She wants to be a musician.

  Angina comes from Australia. She is a kind girl. She loves animals very much. She often goes to the zoo to see animals. She likes koalas best because she thinks they are cute very much.

  ( ) 54. Pawl wants to learn play in the sports club.

  A. soccer B. ping-pong ball C. basketball D. volleyball

  ( ) 55. Kerr can .

  A. play soccer B. sing English songs

  C. sing Chinese songs D. tell English stories

  ( ) 56. Angina is from .

  A. China B. the U.S.A C. England D. Australia

  ( ) 57. Angina often .

  A. goes to see animals in the zoo B. goes to the sports club

  C. goes to the music club D. plays pong-pong ball

  ( ) 58.Which of the following is RIGHT?

  A. Pawl is from Australia. B. Pawl can play ping-pong well.

  C. Kerr joins the sports club. D. Angina likes koalas best.

  C.

  Many people like to watch 3D movies. But do you know students in the US can watch 3D movies in class? They can learn a lot in 3D classes.

  In the US,some students can watch 3D movies in many classes,such as math,science and geometry(几何) classes. The 3D classes show a special(特别的) world to the students. They can help students understand the knowledge better. Students can remember the knowledge easily.

  The students like 3D classes very much. They say,“ It’s easy to learn,because you can remember all the things in the movies,and it’s fun to learn.”

  ( ) 59. The students in the US can watch 3D movies in _______ classes according to the passage.

  A. history B. Chinese C. geometry D. English

  ( )60.What does the underlined word “knowledge” mean in Chinese?

  A.游戏 B.电影 C.知识 D.剧本

  ( )61.The 3D movies can help students ________ .

  A. watch more movie s in class

  B. be interested in math and science

  C. know more knowledge about movies

  D. understand the knowledge better

  ( ) 62. The students think it’s to learn with 3D lessons.

  A. difficult and boring B. easy and fun

  C. hard and boring D. bad but fun

  ( ) 63. What’s the best title for the passage?

  A. 3D Movies in the US B. 3D Classes in the US

  C. Movies about Different Classes D. Exciting Movies

  V. 口语运用(每小题1分,共5分)

  A: What are you doing?

  B: Where are you?

  C: I need some help.

  D: Where is she?

  E: I don’t think so.

  F: She is not here.

  G: I don’t know.

  A: Amy! 64

  B: I’m here, in my bedroom.

  A: 65

  B: I’m doing my homework.

  I have much homework today.

  A: Where’s your sister?

  B: 66

  A: What is she doing?

  B: 67 I think she’s playing with her friends.

  A: Could you come here? 68

  B: Certainly. I’m coming.

  64._______65._______66._______67._______68.______

  第II 卷(共52分)

  VI.任务型阅读(每小题2分,共8分)阅读下文并回答问题。

  Can you remember this picture? It tells us the students cross the river on a ropeway to get to school. It’s dangerous but they aren’t afraid. They never be late for school because they get up early.

  One of the students, his name is Liangliang, he says: “I am a student, I must follow the school rules. It’s important for me to arrive at school on time. I like my school, I like my teacher, I like my classmates and I like studying.”

  Liangliang studies hard, he wants to be a boss(老板) when he grows up(长大). He hopes to build(修建) a bridge for the villagers.

  69. How do the students go to school in the picture?

  70. Are the students late for school?

  71. What do you think of Liangliang?

  72. Can Liangliang’s dream come true? Why or why not?

  VII. 句型转换(每空1分,共10分)

  73.Jenny can play the piano very well. (改为一般疑问句)

  Jenny the piano very well?

  74. How is the weather? (同义句转换)

  _______ is the weather _______?

  75. lot of students are running in the rain. (变否定句)

  A lot of students in the rain.

  76. It takes me about 25 minutes to get to the shop by bus. ( 对画线部分提问)

  does it take you to get the shop by bus?

  77. 不要和你的同学打架。(完成译句)

  Don’t _______ _______your classmates.

  VIII.短文填空(每空2分,共16分)

  根据下列短文内容,在短文后的空格处填上一个恰当的词,使短文完整、通顺。

  “Help me! Help me!” the old woman hear a 78 crying in a house. She calls the police. Policemen come and knock at(敲) the door. “Help me! Help me!” the

  child is still crying! 79 no o ne answers the door.

  Policemen kick(踢) the door in. They run into the house, but they 80 find a child. Look, there is a big parrot! “Hello,” the parrot 81 . It’s the parrot! The parrot can ask for help.

  And then, the owner(主人) of the parrot, Eve, 82 back home. She says the parrot is 10 83 old. Its name is Luna. Luna likes 84 TV. And it can 85 a little English. What a clever parrot!

  78._______ 79._____80.______ 81.______

  82._______ 83._____84.______ 85.______

  IX.书面表达(共18分)

  春天到了,天气暖和,人们都喜欢到鼎山公园玩耍。假设现在是星期天的上午十点,天气晴朗,你和父母一起在鼎山公园散步。你看到公园里有很多人,他们穿着各种各样的衣服。你看到有几个老人在大树下打牌(play cards);三个女孩在草地上(grass)唱歌跳舞;两个男孩在打乒乓球;一些老奶奶在聊天;很多人在拍照,他们看起来都很开心。请你以“The Spring in Dingshan Park”为题,写一篇短文。

  要求:1. 尽可能的将上面的场景描写出来。

  2.可以适当增加内容。

  3. 字数80—120。

  江津区2016--2017学年度下期半期三校联考

  初中七年级英语听力测试

  第一节:情景反应 。听一遍。

  根据你所听到的句子,从A,B,C,三个选项中选出最恰当的答语。

  1. Do you walk to school?

  2. How far is it from here to your home?

  3. Can he swim?

  4. How do you get to school?

  5. When do you exercise?

  6. Have a good day, Linda.

  第二节:短对话理解。听一遍。

  根据你所听到的对话和问题, 从A,B,C三个选项中选出正确答案。

  7. M: Lisa, what club do you want to join?

  W: I want to join the swimming club. I want to learn to swim.

  8. W: Do you go to school in your daddy’s car, Tony?

  M: No, I always go by bike. Riding is good exercise.

  9. M: What time is it now? Is it four fifteen?

  W: Yes. It’s a quarter past four. It’s time to play soccer.

  10. W: I like dogs. What about you, Sam?

  M: Pandas are my favorite. They’re very shy and cute.

  11. W: What do you usually do after school, Frank ?

  M : I usually play basketball because it’s good for my health.

  12. W: Can we take photos here?

  M: I am sorry you can’t.

  第三节:长对话理解。听两遍。

  听下面一段较长的对话,回答第13和14小题。对话读两遍。

  W: Hey, Peter. I’m a new student here. What are the school rules?

  M: Well, we can’t run in the hallways.

  W: Oh. And can we wear a hat in class?

  M: No, we can’t. Do you want to play basketball with me now?

  W: That sounds good.

  听下面一段较长的对话,回答第15至16小题。对话读两遍。

  M: Let’s go to the zoo this Sunday, Alice.

  W: OK, I want to see pandas, tigers and koalas.

  M: Oh, but what animals do you like best?

  W: Pandas.

  M: Why do you like pandas?

  W: Because they are cute.

  第四节:短文理解。 听两遍。

  Brown is a 12-year-old boy. He lives in a village. His home is far from the school. Every day he gets up at 5:30. At 6:00 he leaves home. He walks for 30 minutes to a river. There is no bridge over the river, so he goes on a ropeway to cross it. It takes him about 15 minutes.

  Then he takes a bus to school. He gets to school at about 7:00.

  初一英语参考答案

  I.听力测试(每小题1.5分, 共30分)

  1-6: C B C A B C 7-12: B A C B A A 13-16: C B B B 17-20: C C C A

  II. 单项选择.(每小题1分,共18分)

  21- 25:D B B A A 26-30: A D B B D 31-35: B B A A C 36-38: D C B

  III.完形填空(每小题1.5分,共15分)

  39-43: B B C B D 44-48: A B A D C

  IV.阅读理解(每小题2分,共30分)

  49-53: D D C C A 54-58: B B D A D 59-63: C C D B B

  V. 口语运用(每小题1分,共5分)

  66-70: B A F G C

  第II 卷(共50分)

  VI.任务型阅读(每小题2分,共8分)

  69.They go to school on a ropeway./ On a ropeway.

  70. No, they aren’t.

  71. He is a good student. / He studies hard. /…

  72. Yes. Because he studies hard now. He can get a good job to have a lot of money.

  VII. 句型转换(每空1分,共10分)

  73. Can play

  74. What like

  75. aren’t running

  76. How long

  77. fight with

  VIII.短文填空(每空2分,共16分)

  78. child 79. But 80. can’t/ don’t 81. says

  82. comes 83. years 84.watching 85. speak

  IX.书面表达(共18分)略


七年级英语下期考试试卷题相关文章:

1.七年级英语下册期末试卷及答案

2.人教版七年级英语下册期末试卷及答案2017

3.七年级下册英语期中试卷及答案

4.七年级英语下册完形填空测试题及答案

5.七年级下学期英语期末试卷

七年级第二学期英语期中试卷



培养敏锐的语感将有助于增强辨析力和判断力,是英语学习过程中十分重要的一环  英语培养敏锐的语感将有助于增强辨析力和判断力,是英语学习过程中十分重要的一环,今天小编就给大家来参考一下七年级英语,一起来学习吧

  


        七年级第二学期英语期中试卷

  第一部分(选择题)

  I. 听音理解 (共三节,20小题,每小题1.5分,满分30分)

  第一节 听句子 听下面五个句子,从每小题所给的三幅画中选出与句子内容相符的选项。

  (每个句子读两遍)

  第二节 听对话 听下面七段对话,从每小题所给的A, B, C 三个选项中选出正确答案。

  (每段对话读2遍。)

  听第1段对话,回答第6小题。

  6.What does the boy usually do at 6:30 a.m.?

  A. He runs. B. He gets up. C. He has breakfast.

  听第2段对话,回答第7小题。

  7. What time does Ricky have dinner ?

  A. At six in the morning. B. At six in the evening. C. At eight in the evening.

  听第3段对话,回答第8小题。

  8. What does the boy want to know?

  A. The girl’s phone number. B. The girl’s e-mail address. C. The girl’s school address.

  听第4段对话,回答第9小题。

  9. What does the girl think of the tigers?

  A. They are cute. B. They are funny. C. They are scary.

  听第5段对话,回答第10小题。

  10. Where does Jenny usually have dinner?

  A. At home. B. In her school. C. In her grandparents’ home.

  听第6段对话,回答第11~12小题。

  11. When may it be?

  A. In the morning. B. In the afternoon . C. In the evening.

  12. Where do they want to go?

  A. The zoo. B. The school. C. The park.

  听第7段对话,回答第13~15小题。

  13. What club does the boy want to join?

  A. The swimming club. B. The English club. C. The chess club.

  14. What’s the boy’s name?

  A. Peter Black. B. Peter Simth. C. Tom Simth.

  15. How old is the boy?

  A. 13 years old. B. 14 years old. C. 15 years old.

  ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

  注意:请将该题的答案书写在答题卡的第二部分

  第三节:听短文 根据短文内容及要求完成表格,每空一词(读三遍)

  The 48 at home

  After school Do her 49 and can’t go out on school nights.

  After dinner Watch TV for half an hour after washing the dishes.

  At night Mary usually reads, but has to be in bed before 50 .

  Every weekend Practice the 51 in the music club.

  II. 语言知识应用:(共两节, 20小题,每小题1分,满分20分)

  第一节 单项选择 从每小题所给的A, B, C 三个选项中,选出可以填入空白处的正确答案。

  (每小题1分,满分14分)

  ( ) 16. The following word ______ matches the sound [tɔːk]

  A.. tall B. talk C. take

  ( ) 17. — Do you often play ________ soccer with your friends?

  — No, I don’t like sports. I often play ________ piano in my free time.

  A. a; the B. the; / C. /; the

  ( ) 18. My friend Frank sings well and he is ________ good at dancing.

  A. not B. also C. too

  ( ) 19.—Oh, Tommy, you can’t eat too much ice-cream.

  —Sorry,mum. But it _____really delicious.

  A. looks B. sounds C. tastes

  ( ) 20. —_______ does it take you to go to school?

  — It’s about 20 minutes.

  A. How B. How long C. How far

  ( ) 21. —If a=6, b=5, what’s the answer to the question "a+2ab+1=?"?

  —________________.

  A. Sixty-seven B. Forty-five C. One hundred

  ( ) 22. Miss Smith is good ______ music, and she is good _______ children in the music club.

  A.at; with    B.for; at   C.with; at

  ( ) 23. — What do you think of the hot TV drama Life After Life, Blooms Over Blooms?

  — Well, I am busy every day, so I _____ watch TV dramas like this.

  A. always B. usually C. never

  ( ) 24. There is a new library ______the park ______ the supermarket.

  A. from, to B. either, or C. between, and

  ( ) 25. —What can you do, Jenny?

  — I can _____ well..

  A. sing B. singing C. to sing

  ( ) 26. People in the ______ are really friendly, they always treat us like their kids.

  A. river B. village C. bridge

  ( ) 27. Please be quiet. My little child __________.

  A. goes to bed B. is sleeping C. is going to school

  ( ) 28. —The roads are very busy these days.

  —That’s too bad. I have to get up _____ to get to school on time.

  A. late B. well C. early

  ( ) 29. —Apple Pay(苹果支付) is a new way to buy things. Can you _____ me how to use it?

  — No problem.

  A. bring B. show C. join

  第二节 完形填空 从每小题所给的A、B、C三个选项中,选出可以填入空白处的最佳答案。

  (每小题1分,满分6分)

  Kroc’s family is very poor(穷),so he works in a restaurant(餐馆) to make some money after school. The boss(老板) asks 30 to clean the tables every day. Kroc is very unhappy.

  One day Kroc 31 home late. After dinner, Kroc says to his father, “I don’t want to go to the restaurant tomorrow. I want to be a boss. I don’t want to clean the tables every day.” His father 32 nothing. He asks Kroc to clean the table. Kroc cleans the table quickly. Then his father wipes(擦) the table with a white cloth(布)and the cloth becomes(变得) very dirty. His father says to his son, Ray Kroc, “It is easy for you to clean a table, 33 you can’t clean it very well. 34 can you be the boss?” Ray Kroc’s face gets red.

  He never forgets his father’s words(话). 35 that, he uses five cloths each time to clean the tables. He works hard all the time. The boss likes him a lot and makes him new boss of the restaurant. Ten years later, Ray Kroc opens his first restaurant company(公司)——McDonald’s.

  ( ) 30. A. he B. him C. his

  ( ) 31. A. arrives at B. arrives C. arrives to

  ( ) 32. A. says B. speaks C. tell

  ( ) 33. A. and B. because C. but

  ( ) 34. A. How B. Where C. Who

  ( ) 35. A. Before B. At C. After

  III.阅读理解(共两节,16小题,每小题2分,满分32分)

  第一节 阅读以下A、B、C 三篇短文,根据短文内容,从每小题所给的A、B、C、三个选项中,选出最佳答案。(每小题2分,满分24分)

  A

  A well-dressed(衣着很好的) man goes into a restaurant one day. He sits down at a table near the window. A waiter comes up to him and says, “Can I help you, Sir?” The man says, “Yes, please. Can I see the menu(菜单)?” “Certainly,” answers the waiter.

  The man wants a good meal and he wants a lot of nice dishes. After a moment, the waiter brings them to him. The man is having his meal happily. At this time, a boy comes in and sits down beside the man. The man asks the waiter to give the boy ice-cream. And he says, “I will be back in 5 minutes.” Then he goes out. After the boy eats his ice-cream, the boy stands up and goes to the door. “Excuse me, your father did not give the money for the meal and your ice-cream,” the waiter stops him and says.

  “Father? You are wrong. He is not my father. I do not know him. I met him in the street. He said he would give me ice-cream if I came here at twelve o’clock.”

  ( ) 36.The man comes to the restaurant ____________.

  A. to have a good meal  B. to buy a newspaper C. to eat ice-cream

  ( ) 37.The man has ____________ in the restaurant.

  A. breakfast B. lunch C. dinner

  ( ) 38. ____________asked the boy to come to the restaurant.

  A. The waiter B. The boy’s father C. The man

  ( ) 39. Which of the following is TRUE?

  A. The boy is the man’s son. B. The man is a cheat(骗子).

  C. The waiter pays the meal and the ice-cream.

  B

  Do you like travelling? If so, come to our travel service(旅行社)

  2-day Xiamen Culture Group Tour (旅行)

  How about going to Xiamen for the weekend? You can visit Gulang Island(鼓浪屿) and eat Xiamen nice food like lobsters(龙虾).

  Price: ¥690 Call us at 800-817-7233

  4-day Xiamen Private(私人的) Tour

  Xiamen has beautiful sunshine, white beaches and clean water. You can walk along the beaches and enjoy the fresh air.

  Price:

  1 person 2-5 persons 6-9 persons

  ¥669 ¥550/person ¥530/ person

  call us at 800-810-6288

  5-day Taiwan Group Tour

  Taiwan is a wonderful place. You can climb A-li Mountain, go boating in Sun Moon Lake.

  Price : ¥8,500 Call us at 800-850-8288

  ( ) 40. How long is the Xiamen Culture Group Tour ? 21教育名师原创作品

  A. Two days B. Four days C. Five days

  ( ) 41. Mrs. Li is going to take the 4-day Xiamen Private Tour with her two daughters, how much is the tour?

  A. ¥1,590 B. ¥1650 C. ¥2007

  ( ) 42. If you want to go boating in Sun Moon Lake, you should call _______.

  A. 800-850-8288 B. 800-810-6288 C. 800-817-7233

  ( ) 43. The information may come from _______.

  A. sports centre B. travel service C. bus station

  C

  Do you know there is a special(特别的) job? The worker is not a man but a dog. They’re a kind of dogs. They are like the eyes of blind(盲的) people. So we call them “seeing eye dogs”.

  These dogs usually need to learn for two or three years. And then they live with blind people. Their job is to help blind people walk around(四处走).They know how to cross the street(街道).They can also avoid dangers, like cars and bikes in the street.

  Sometimes you can see these dogs with blind people. Just like other dogs, seeing eye dogs are very cute. But they are not only pets. They work hard. They can do a lot of things for blind people. They are blind people’s good friends.

  ( )44. Why do people call the dogs “seeing eye dogs”?

  A. Because they have beautiful eyes.

  B. Because they are very cute animals.

  C. Because they help blind(盲的) people find their way(路).

  ( )45. Seeing eye dogs need to study for _________.

  A. one or two years B. two or three years C. two or three months

  ( )46. What’s the meaning(含义) of “avoid” ?

  A. 碰到 B. 避免 C. 训练

  ( )47. Seeing eye dogs ________.

  A. are blind(盲的) B. can’t go across the street C. can do a lot of things

  第二部分(非选择题)

  第二节 阅读D篇短文回答问题 (每小题2分,满分8分)

  D

  Hey, boys and girls, do you know something about TFBOYS ? Well, TFBOYS means(含义是) the fighting boys. Sometimes we call them TF family. Many of you may know that there are three boys in this TF family, and they are Wang Junkai, Wang Yuan and Yi Yanqianxi.

  Wang Junkai is the captain(队长) of the family. His English name is Karry. His birthday is on Sept. 21st. Jay Zhou is his favorite singer, and he sings some of Jay Zhou’s songs, like Qi Li Xiang. Roy is Wang Yuan’s English name. His birthday is on Nov. 8th . He comes from Chong Qing. Yi Yangqianxi’s English name is Jackson. His birthday is on Nov. 28th. He often practices Latin dance and he can dance very well.

  The three boys like singing and they can sing very well. So a lot of fans(粉丝) like them and their songs a lot. They are also good at their lessons. They got their first album(唱片) “Ten Years” on August 13th, 2013.

  53. Is Wang Yuan’s English name Karry?

  _________________________________________________________

  54. How many boys are there in TF family?

  _________________________________________________________

  55. Who is Wang Junkai’s favorite singer?

  _________________________________________________________

  56. When is Jackson’s birthday?

  _________________________________________________________

  IV. 书面表达(共五节,满分68分)

  第一节 连词成句 重新排列所给词汇,组成正确的句式表达。(每小题2分,满分10分)

  57. my, want, art, the, to, join, club, friends

  ________________________________________________________.

  58. usually, he, does, breakfast, eat, when

  _________________________________________________?

  59. Sally, ride, it, 20 minutes, to, takes, her, bike, to, school

  _________________________________________________.

  60. school, do, wear, you, have, to, a, uniform, at

  _________________________________________________?

  61. they, I, very, like, because, are, koalas, cute

  _________________________________________________.

  第二节 完成句子 根据语用提示完成句子。(每小题2分,满分10分)

  62.你想让别人知道你会弹吉他,你可以这么说::

  __________________________________________________________,

  63.你想知道Tom通常几点起床,你可以会问:

  _____________________________________________________, Tom?

  64.你想知道你的同学是怎么上学的,你可以这样问:

  ___________________________________________________________?.

  65.你想告诉别人你的弟弟10点上床睡觉,你可以这样说::

  __________________________________________________________.

  66.你想了解David想加入什么俱乐部,你可以这样问:

  ______________________________________________,David?

  67. 你想了解你的同学的家离学校有多远,你可以这样问:

  __________________________________________________________?

  68. 你看到同学上课吃东西,你可以这样对他说:

  __________________________________________________________.

  69. 你想知道朋友喜欢什么动物,你可以这样问:

  __________________________________________________________?

  70. 你想知道朋友现在正在干什么,你可以这样问:

  ____________________________________________________________?

  71. 你想知道学校有什么规定,你可以这样问:

  ____________________________________________________________?

  第三节 补全句子 根据语境或具体提示,补全句子。(每小题1.5分,满分15分)

  72. There is a new _________ (桥)over the river.

  73. Mary usually goes to see her friends on the ___________. [wiːk'end]

  74. It’s [ɪm'pɔː(r)tnt]to have breakfast every day.

  75. I hope your dreams can come t_______one day.

  76.He looks very cool when he ________ his police uniform.

  77.Mr. Smith is our teacher and he t________ us Chinese.

  78.The bus r________ is never boring because I always talk to my classmates.

  79.We must be q in the library.

  80.It's far from my home to school. I often go to school by s________.

  81.Linda ___________(练习) singing for an hour every day.

  第四节 补全句子 根据所给图片和提示词,写出正确的句式表达。(每小题2分,满分8分)

  82.Mike, school 83. like, because 84. Mary, well 85. Linda, home

  第五节 段落编写 使用所给的词语,编写一个意义相对完整的语段。(满分15分)

  提示词:healthy, usually, bike, because, after

  要求:1、使用全部提示词,并在语段中用下划波浪线“~~”标出提示词;

  2、语段具有一个相对合理的主题意义;

  3. 词数为50—80词左右。

  试题结束,请认真检查!

  英语试题参考答案与评分标准

  1-5 CAACC 6-10 ABACA 11-15 AABBA 16-20 BCBCB 21-25 AACCA

  26-30 BBCBB 31-35 BACAC 36-39 ABCD 40-43 ABAB 44-47 CBBC

  48. rules 49. homework 50. 10(o’clock) 51.guitar

  第二节 阅读D篇短文回答问题

  53. Yes, it is.

  54. Three/3.

  55. Jay Zhou is his favorite singer.

  56. His birthday is on Nov. 28th.

  第一节 连词成句 重新排列所给词汇,组成正确的句式表达。(每小题2分,满分10分)

  57. My friends want to join the art club.

  58. When does he usually eat breakfast.

  59. It takes Sally 20 minutes to ride her bike to school

  60. Do you have to wear a uniform at school?

  61., I like koalas because they are very cute.

  第二节 完成句子 根据语用提示完成句子。(每小题2分,满分10分)

  62. I can play the guitar.

  63.What time do you usually get up, Tom?

  64.How do you get to school?.

  65.My brother goes to bed at 10 o’clock..

  66.What club do you want to join?

  67. How far is it from your home to school?

  68. Don’t eat in class

  69. What kind of animals do you like?

  70.What are you doing now?

  71. What are the rules at school?

  第三节 补全句子 根据语境或具体提示,补全句子。(每小题1.5分,满分15分)

  72. bridge 73. weekend 74 important 75.true 76.wear

  77.teaches 78.ride 79.quiet 80.subway 81.practice

  第四节 补全句子 根据所给图片和提示词,写出正确的句式表达。(每小题2分,满分8分)

  82 Mike usually rides his bike to school./Mike usually goes to school by bike.

  83. I like pandas because they are cute.

  84. Mary can play the piano well

  85. Linda is watching TV at home

  短文写作评分参考标准

  第一档(10-12分):能够清楚地表述自己的观点和想法;语言准确、丰富、流畅,富有个性和说服力;基本无语法错误;

  第二档(7-9分):能够清楚地表述自己的观点和想法;行文比较自然,但语言表达较平淡,个性化和说服力较一般,且存在少量语法错误;

  第三档(4-6分):观点表述不够鲜明,比较缺乏说服力;同时各种语言用法错误较多;

  第四档(1-3分):内容比较空洞或不切题,词汇和句式用法错误很多。

  英语听力录音原文

  第一节 听句子 听下面五个句子,从每小题所给的三幅画中选出与句子内容相符的选项。

  (每个句子读两遍)

  1. Tom is swimming in the pool..

  2. Peter plays the guitar very well..

  3. Anna goes to school by bus..

  4. Alice likes the lions because they are cute .

  5. Don’t run in the hallways

  第二节 听对话 听下面七段对话,从每小题所给的A, B, C 三个选项中选出正确答案。

  (每段对话读2遍。)

  听第1段对话,回答第6小题。

  A :What time do you go running

  B : I usually go running at 6:30 in the morning.

  听第2段对话,回答第7小题。

  A: What time do you have dinner, Rocky?

  B: I usually have dinner at six o’clock in the evening.

  听第3段对话,回答第8小题。

  A: May I know your phone number, hellen?

  B: Sure, it’s 8653321

  听第4段对话,回答第9小题。

  A: Do you like tigers?

  B: No, I think they’re scary.

  听第5段对话,回答第10小题。

  A: Do you usually have dinner at home, Jenny?

  B: Yes, of course.

  听第6段对话,回答第11~12小题。

  A: Tom, get up and have breakfast.

  B: What time is it, Mum?

  A: It’s 7:30

  B: OK, what do you do after breakfast?

  A:Go to the zoo and see some animals.

  听第7段对话,回答第13~15小题。

  A: What can I do for you?

  B: I want to join the English club?

  A: May I know your name?

  B: Peter Smith.

  A: How old are you?

  B:13

  A: OK, welcome to our club.

  第三节:听短文 根据短文内容及要求完成表格,每空一词(读三遍)

  Mary has to follow many rules at home. She has to do her homework after school. She can’t go out on school nights. She has to wash the dishes after dinner, and then she can watch TV for half an hour. She likes reading. She usually reads at night. She has to be in bed before 10 o’clock, because she has to get up early the next morning. She joins the music club. she has to practice the guitar every weekend. She doesn’t like these rules at home.

  七年级英语下学期期中试题

  第Ⅰ卷 (选择题80分)

  一、听力(共20小题,每小题1分,共20分)

  A.听对话,选出正确答案。(读两遍)

  1.Where would Sandy like to live ?

  A. B. C.

  2.What is Millie’s sister going to be in the future ?

  A. B. C.

  3.How will they go to Tian’anmen Square ?

  A. B. C.

  4.Which animal does the girl like best ?

  A. B. C.

  5.What will Lily do ?

  A. B. C.

  6. Whose ruler is this ?

  A. Helen’s . B. Mike’s. C. Peter’s.

  7. What’s the woman’s phone number ?

  A. 75289026 B. 5383596 C. 7538096.

  8. How many Chinese students are there in Tom’s class ?

  A. 41 B.39 C.36

  9. What’s Linda doing ?

  A. Watching TV. B. Reading a book. C. Listening to music .

  10.When will the plane leave for Paris ?

  A. At 9:10 . B. At 9:30. C. At 9:50.

  B.听对话或独白,选出正确答案。(读两遍)

  听第一段对话,回答第11、12题。

  11.What is the mother going to do ?

  A. She is going to do the cooking .

  B. She is going to do the washing .

  C. She is going shopping .

  12.What does the boy want ?

  A.A ball pen . B.A pen . C.A football.

  听第一篇短文,回答第13—15题。

  A sports meeting

  Animals Activities

  A horse ,a cat and a panda running

  A dog and two tigers ____13_____ in the grass

  Two monkeys Climbing up the trees

  Five birds _____14______

  The elephants _____15______under a big tree

  A fox Sitting in the tree

  13.A.walking B. eating C. jumping

  14.A.flying around B. standing on the ground C. singing in the tree

  15.A.drinking B. dancing C. standing

  听第二篇短文,回答第16—20题。

  16. The Greens come from __________.

  A. England B. the USA C. Canada

  17. The Greens are going to stay in China for _________.

  A. about a month B. a week C. a year

  18. Mrs. Green is very interested(兴趣) in __________ .

  A. Chinese factories B. cars C. Chinese schools

  19. Mr. Green may work __________ in America .

  A. on a farm B. in a factory(工厂) C. in a school

  20. Where are they going after they visit Shanghai ? They are going _______.

  A. back home B. to Zhejiang C. to Suzhou

  二、单项选择。(共15小题,每题1分,计15分)

  21.----What do you want to be in the future, John?

  --- I want to be _____ fashion designer, but my parents want me to be ______ artist.

  A. a; the B. an; a C. a; an D. an; the

  22. ---Do you need a new pen, Susan?

  ---No, Mum. I have ________ now.

  A. one B. it C. this D. that

  23. ---What is the man in blue?

  ---____________

  A. He is tall and strong. B. He is a manager of a company.

  C. He is kind and helpful. D. He likes listening to music.

  24. ---Excuse me, how can I get to the theater?

  ---Walk______ the white building, turn right and you’ll see it.

  A. along B. over C. past D. across

  25. ---________________?

  ---Next to the supermarket

  A. Where are you going B. What does he like

  C. Where does he live D. How can I get to the supermarket

  26. ---______ the exchange students ______ visit the Great Wall the day after tomorrow?

  ---Yes, they are, I think.

  A. Will; / B. Shall; / C. Is; going to D. Are; going to

  27. ---Does the boy _________the toys?

  ---Yes, the toys ____________transformers (变形金刚).

  A. like; are like B. like; likes C. likes; like D. is like; are like

  28. ---Is your home far from your office?

  ---Yes. It’s about 15 miles __________ my home to my office.

  A. away from B. far away from C. far from D. far away

  29. We read 10,206 like this: ________.

  A. one thousand, two hundred and six B. one thousand, two hundreds and six

  C. ten thousand, two hundred and six D. ten thousands, two hundreds and six

  30. ---Can I have some more coffee, Mum?

  --- Sorry. There’s ________ left in the fridge.

  A. something B. anything C. everything D. nothing

  31. --- May I speak to Mary?

  --- ________

  A. Yes, I’m Mary. B. Yes, you can speak. C. Speaking. D. Who are you?

  32. --- Don’t be late for class again, Tommy.

  --- Sorry, I ________.

  A. don’t B. am not C. didn’t D. won’t

  33. ---Do you ________ anything?

  --- I think something is bad in the kitchen. Let’s go and see.

  A. smell B. feel C. sound D. hear

  34. ---Would you like to go swimming with me this afternoon?

  ---__________

  A. No, I’d love to. B. No, I can’t

  C. Sorry, I’m afraid. I have to look after my sick mother. D. Yes, I like.

  35. --- It’s too hot. What about having a glass of cold drink?

  --- ________ !

  A. Sounds good B. Good luck C. That’s right D. Me, too

  三、完形填空。读下面短文,然后在四个选项中选出最佳答案。(共15题,每题1分,共15分)

  A friend of mine named Paul 36 an expensive car from his brother as a Christmas present. On Christmas Eve, when Paul comes out of his office, a street cleaner is 37 around the shining car.

  “Is this your car, Paul?”he asks. Paul answers, “Yes, my brother gives it to me for 38 .” The boy is surprised(惊讶). “You mean your brother gives it to you and it doesn't cost you anything? Oh, I wish,” He 39 . Of course Paul knows what he is going to wish for. He is going to wish he has a 40 like that. But what the boy says surprises Paul greatly. “I wish,” the boy goes on, “that I could be a brother like that.” Paul 41 the boy in surprise, then he says again, “Would you like to take a ride in my car?” “Oh yes, I’d love that.”

  After a short ride, the boy says with his eyes shining, “Paul, would you mind driving 42 my house?”

  Paul 43 a little. He thinks he knows what the boy wants. He wants to show his neighbors that he can go home in a big car. But Paul is 44 again. “Will you stop by those two steps?” the boy asks. He runs up to the steps(台阶). Then in 45 , Paul hears him coming back, but he is not coming fast. He is carrying his little brother on his back. He lets his brother 46 on the step, because the little boy can’t walk.

  “There he is, Buddy, just like I tell you upstairs. His brother gives it to him for Christmas and it doesn’t cost him a cent. And 47 I’m going to give you one just like it…then you can see all the 48 things in the Christmas windows.”

  Paul 49 of the car and takes the little boy to the front seat of his car. The shining-eyed older brother climbs in beside him and the 50 of them begin an unforgettable(难忘的) holiday ride.

  36. A. buys B. wants C. gives D. gets

  37. A. walking B. jumping C. running D. sitting

  38. A. Spring Festival B. Christmas C. Thanksgiving Day D. Children’s Day

  39. A. sings B. speaks C. says D. tells

  40. A. brother B. classmate C. neighbor D. teacher

  41. A. looks in B. looks after C. looks at D. look out of

  42. A. away from B. in front of C. at the back of D. behind

  43. A. cries B. laughs C. smiles D. answers

  44. A. right B. wrong C. happy D. sad

  45. A. a short time B. one day C. a month D . a week

  46. A. play football B. swim around C. sit down D. walk straight

  47. A. tomorrow B. today C. last year D. some day

  48. A. nice B. bad C. old D. expensive

  49. A. gets in B. gets out C. goes back D. comes back

  50. A. two B. four C. three D. five

  四、阅读理解。阅读下列短文,从每小题所给的四个选项中,选出最佳答案。(共15题,每题2分,共30分)

  (A)

  Visit Forest Zoo

  Come and see the Indian elephants and the new tiger from Northeast China. The beautiful birds from England are singing songs, and the monkeys from Mount Emei are happy to talk to you. Sichuan pandas can play balls. The koala bears from Australia are very cute. The giraffes from Africa are waiting for you.

  Tickets Opening Time

  Grown-ups (成人): $3 9:00a.m.---4:30p.m.(on weekdays )

  Children: Over 1.4m: $2

  Under 1.4m: Free 10:00a.m.---3:00p.m. ( at weekends)

  Keep the zoo clean! Don’t touch or give food to the animals![来源:学.科.网Z.X.X.K]

  51. Which of the following is the visiting time?

  A. 8:30 a.m. Monday B. 9:30 a.m. Saturday

  C. 2:00 p.m. Sunday D. 5:00 p.m. Tuesday

  52. Now Mr. Smith is in the zoo with his two sons, one is 1.5m and the other is 1.3m. How

  much are their tickets together?

  A. $5 B.$7 C.$4 D. $3

  53. Which of the following can we do in the zoo?

  A. To throw things everywhere B. To touch the monkey on the head

  C. To give some food to the animals D. To take a few photos

  ( B )

  You want to run across the street to catch the bus? But wait! You’d better not. If a policeman sees you, you’ll have to pay a fine (罚款).

  New traffic laws (交通法) say that if people cross the street when the light is red, they can be fined as much as 50 yuan.

  Traffic accidents killed more than 104,000 people in China last year. Chinese cities have more cars than ever. Drivers and pedestrians (行人) must work together to make the streets safer.

  The law has new rules for drivers and pedestrians. Drivers have to slow down when they are close to crosswalks. If people are in a crosswalk, cars must stop to let them pass.

  There are rules for bus drivers, too. If bus drivers smoke, drink or make phone calls while driving, they can be fined. Buses that carry too many people are also against the law.

  Pedestrians will have to walk more safely under the new law. They must cross streets at crosswalks. Also, they shouldn’t climb over the fences (栅栏) along streets.

  Do you ride a bike to school? It’s not a good idea to carry classmates on the back. You could be fined 50 yuan. And stay in the bike lane (车道) when you’re riding. The big roads are for cars and buses.

  Do you like to ride your uncle’s motorbike? When you put on your helmet (头盔), ask him to put one on, too. People on motorbikes must wear helmets, the new law says. If they don’t, they’ll have to pay 200 yuan.

  Do you ride in cars often? Don’t forget to put on your seat belt (安全带), even if you’re going for a short taxi ride. It could save your life.

  If you see a hit-and-run (肇事逃逸), tell the police. They may give you a reward (奖赏). And don’t be afraid to help people to the hospital if they are hurt in an accident. Don’t worry about money. The new law says that doctors must take care of them even if they can’t pay right away.

  54. What does the word “crosswalk” mean in Chinese?

  A. 过马路 B. 人行横道 C. 立交桥 D. 车行道

  55. If you are a bus driver, ______while you are driving, according to the new traffic laws.

  A. you can make a phone call B. you can’t talk to others

  C. you can’t smoke D. you can drink

  56. When you ride in a car, the first thing you must do is __________.

  A. to put on the helmet B. to pay the driver

  C. to put on the seat belt D. to see if it carries too many people

  57. You should do all the following EXCEPT(除了) _________.

  A. carrying your classmate on the back when you’re riding a bike

  B. phoning the police when you see a hit-and-run

  C. helping people to the hospital if they are hurt in an accident

  D. wearing your helmet while riding a motorbike

  (C)

  Mr. White is very busy today. He helps his mother move into a new house. He starts at 3:30 in the afternoon. First he cleans the windows. Then he carries all the heavy furniture (家具) into the new house. He helps his mother put the curtains (窗帘) up too.

  Mr. White is very tired when he gets “home”. It is 9:15 p.m. He can’t find the right key to the front door. The front door is locked. Then he tries the back door, but it is also locked. “I should climb in through the kitchen window,” Mr. White says to himself. He doesn’t want to wake up his wife and child ren.

  But suddenly, a big black dog comes to him from behind. Mr. White is afraid and surprised. He doesn’t own a dog! He is at the wrong house! Soon the police come. “I’m not a thief or a robber,” says Mr. White to the police. “I’m at the wrong house. Please believe me.” What an unlucky poor man Mr. White is!

  58 When does Mr. White start to help his mother?

  A. At 3:30 a.m. B. At 3:30 p.m. C. At 9:15 a.m. D. At 9:15 p.m.

  59. Which of the following sentences is TRUE?

  A. He goes to the wrong house.

  B. He leaves his key at his mother’s.

  C. He likes getting into his room from the window.

  D. He loses his key.

  60. Whose dog is that?

  A. His own. B. His wife’s. C. The house owner’s. D. His mother’s.

  61. Mr. White is ________ today.

  A. happy B. glad C. lucky D. unlucky

  (D)

  Our English teacher, Tom Jackson, has some good neighbors. They are Carl, Ann, Joe and Mary. Here’s some information about them.

  Carl is a train conductor. He works on the railway for 28 years. It is always a good job for him because he likes meeting people. Carl is very helpful and tries to make the passengers comfortable. He often stops to talk with the passengers. He likes his work because he can travel to many different places.

  Ann is a kind woman in a small town. In a hospital she works as a nurse for four years. She likes her work very much. This month she is helping mothers with their new babies.

  Joe is a taxi driver. He drives a taxi for 22 years. Most of the time Joe likes his work. He takes many film stars to the airport. He is cheerful and smiles a lot and his passengers like him. He makes a good living and supports a family of four.

  Mary is a teacher in a high school. She teaches French. She has 33 students in her class, 15 boys and 18 girls. She likes her students, and her students like her. She is very kind and he lps them a lot. She is always happy to be a teacher.

  62. Carl likes his job because____________.

  A. he can meet many film stars B. he makes a good living

  C. he works on the railway for 28 years. D. he can go to lots of different places

  63. Which of the following is true?

  A. Ann helps mothers with their new babies for four years.

  B. Ann works as a nurse for four years.

  C. There are thirty-three students in Ann’s class.

  D. With Ann’s help, the passengers can feel comfortable on the train.

  64. The underlined word “support” means “__________” in the passage.

  A. 加强 B. 激励 C. 拥护 D.供养

  65. From the passage, we learn that _______ always enjoy their work.

  A. Carl, Ann and Joe B. Mary, Carl and Ann

  C. All of Tom’s four friends D. Joe, Ann and Mary

  第Ⅱ卷 (非选择题60分)

  五、词汇运用。根据句子所给的汉语及英文提示,写出句子空缺处单词的正确形式,每空一词。(共10题,每题1分,计10分)

  66. Look! There are two lions ___________ (lie) on the grass in the zoo.

  67. Is your____________ (old) sister interested in playing the piano?

  68. Please write down the ____________ (visit) names on the paper.

  69. Are you good at ____________ (fix) the broken fridge?

  70. Is there a great difference between Chinese food and ____________ (西方) food?

  71. I’m trying to do something to help a friend of ____________ (我).

  72. Do you want to be _____________(工程师) when you grow up, boys and girls ?

  73. We can see some monkeys jumping around____________ (在……对面) the 5-hole bridge.

  74. Lucy will hold a big party for her __________ (二十) birthday.

  75. Sometimes John looks forward to ___________ (饲养) cows on the farm some day .

  六、任务型阅读。根据短文内容,在表格中的横线上填写所缺单词。每空一词。(共10题,每题1分,计10分)

  My dream home is a house made of glass and it has a garden. It is near the sea.

  The house is a smart house with a library. There are one million books in it! And I need a big 3D TV in the living room. How cool it is to watch my favorite films on it! It is not too cold or too hot in the rooms. When I walk into a room, the lights are turned on (打开). The house can keep itself clean.

  The house is a green house. There is a garden behind it. Many flowers are in it. And there is also a small lake in the garden. At weekends, I can watch fish swim around or fish by the lake.

  The house is far from a city. But there is a mini airport (微型机场) in it, so I can fly to cities in my mini plane if I want to go shopping.

  Does the house sound cool? Maybe in 20 years, my dream will come true.

  My dream home

  Location It is not 76 from the sea.

  Material (材料) The house is made of 77 .

  Transport(交通) I can 78 a mini plane to go shopping.

  A smart house A 79   It has one 80 books.

  A 3D TV Watching 81 on it is cool.

  Temperature It’s not too cold or too 82 .

  Others 83 are turned on automatically (自动地).

  A 84 house A garden Many flowers are in it.

  A lake Watch 85 swim around or fish there.

  七、缺词填空。根据短文内容和首字母提示,在空格处填入适当的词使文章完整。(共10题,每题1分,计10分)

  Camp Zoo is a wonderful place. The animals here are very cute. They are nice and f 86 to each other. But Giraffe is different. Why? He is always getting others’ food. He can do that because he has a long n 87 .

  When other animals have nothing to eat, there is always p 88 of food in Giraffe’s place. The othe r animals feel q  89 bad, so they plan to do something. They put a s 90 at Giraffe’s door. It s 91 , “The robber (强盗) giraffe.”

  “W 92 do you call Giraffe the robber, Mr Lion?” a child asks the k 93 of the animal world. The lion answers, “Because he takes our food away every day. He is not kind.”

  All the visitors l 94 at Giraffe. And they stop visiting him. So Camp Zoo sends (送) Giraffe to another zoo. Giraffe knows he is w 95 . In the new place, he never gets other animals’ food any more.

  八、书面表达。(计30分)

  A.根据所给汉语完成下列句子(共5小题,每题 2分,计10分)

  96.你的卧室与你弟弟的不一样。

  _________________________________________________________________

  97.在我们学校图书馆里有几千本书。

  _________________________________________________________________

  98.谢谢您为我们准备的食物和饮料。

  _________________________________________________________________

  99.沿着这条路走,你就会看到银行在你的左边。

  _________________________________________________________________

  100.我们将邀请一些艺术家来告诉你们怎样欣赏艺术品。

  _________________________________________________________________

  B. 写作(计20分)

  假如你是刘芳,你所在学校的“爱心俱乐部”(Helping Hands Club)将吸收新的自愿者。你想加入该俱乐部,请根据下面表格中的内容,用英语写一封自荐信。

  姓名 刘芳 性别 女 班级 七年级1班

  本人情况 14岁;身体健康;学习努力;心地善良;乐于助人

  “爱心”表现 1. 帮助老年人打扫公寓

  2. 帮助邻里检查和修理有问题的电脑

  3. ……

  加入目的 1. 加入俱乐部后能交到更多的朋友

  2. ……

  要求:1.表达清楚,语句通顺,意思连贯;

  2.要点须包括表格中的信息;

  3.表格中“…”内容由学生自拟;

  4.词数:100词左右。信的开头与结尾已给出,不计入总词数。

  Dear chairperson,

  I’m a girl student from Class 1, Grade 7. I’d like to be a volunteer of the Helping Hands Club. _________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

  I’ll be happy if I’m accepted. I’m looking forward to your reply.

  Yours,

  Liu Fang

  初一英语答案及评分标准

  一、听力部分(每题1分,计20分,)

  1-5. CCABB 6-10. BCCBC 11-15.CACAC 10-20. BACBB

  二、单项选择。(每题1分,计15分)

  21-25. CABCC 26-30. DAACD 31-35.CDACA

  三、完形填空。(每题1分,共10分)

  36-40. DABCA 41-45. CBCBA 46-50.CDABC

  四、阅读理解(30分)

  51-53. CAD 54—57.B C C A 58—61. BACD 62—65. DBDB

  五、词汇运用。(每题1分,计10分)

  66.lying 67. elder 68. visitors’ 69.fixing 70. Western

  71. mine 72. engineers 73. across 74. twentieth 75. raising

  六、任务型阅读。(每题1分,计10分)

  76. far 77.glass 78. take 79.library 80. million

  81.films/movies 82. hot 83. Lights 84. green 85.fish

  七、缺词填空。(每题1分,计10分)

  86. friendly 87.neck 88. plenty 89. quite 90. sign

  91.says 92. Why 93. king 94. laugh 95. wrong

  八、书面表达。(计35分)

  A.根据所给汉语完成下列句子(共5小题,每题 3分)

  96.Your bedroom is different from your (younger) brother’s.

  0.5’ 1’ 0.5’

  97. There are thousands of books in our school library.

  1’ 0.5’ 0.5’

  98.Thanks for getting food and drink, ready for us.

  Thank you for preparing food and drinks for us

  1’ 0.5’ 0.5’

  99.Walk/ Go along/down this road/ street/ path, and you will see/find the bank on your/the left.

  1分 0.5分 0.5分

  100. We will invite some artists to tell you how to enjoy works of art.

  1’ 1’

  B. 写作(计20分)

  Dear chairperson,

  I’m a girl student from Class 1, Grade 7. I’d like to be a volunteer of the Helping Hands Club.

  I’m 14 years old. I’m strong and healthy. I work hard at all my lessons and I’m good at them. I like computer studies best. I’m kind to my classmates. So they all like me very much.

  I’m also always ready to help others. I often visit the old people with my classmates and help the old people clean their flats. When there is something wrong with my neighbours’ computers, they usually ask me to check them and help to fix them. Sometimes I go to clean the park with my friends.

  I can make more friends after I join the club. I can also learn different skills from the other volunteers in the club. Then I can do more for others and help more people.

  I’ll be happy if I’m accepted. I’m looking forward to your reply.

  Yours,

  Liu Fang

  写作评分标准及评分说明:

  一、评分标准:

  ◇一档文17-20分:写出全部内容要点,层次清楚、语言流畅,有句式变化,有复杂结构(至少2 -3个),基本无语法错误(1-2个错误),或有少量由于使用复杂结构而引起的语法或拼写错误,但不影响意义理解。

  ◇二档文13-16分:基本写出全部内容要点,层次清楚、语言流畅,有少量语法错误(3-4个错误)。

  ◇三档文9-12分:写出大部分内容要点,语言基本通顺,有一些语法和拼写错误,基本不影响意思表达。

  ◇四档文5-8分:写出一半左右有关内容要点,语言不太通顺,语法结构单调、错误较多,只有少数句子可读,影响理解。

  ◇五档文0-4分:言不达意,不知所云;只有2-3个短语可读。

  二、评分说明:

  1、短语及句子结构不对,人称、时态、语态误用,均为大错。一处大错扣1分。

  2、通篇人称、时态、标点错误,统扣2分。

  3、拼写、标点符号、冠词、介词等方面的错误为小错。3个小错相当于1处大错。

  4、相同错误,只扣一次。

  5、词数不足100词扣2分。

  6、书写潦草,卷面不清,乃至影响阅卷,扣2分。

  听力材料

  A.听对话,选出正确答案。(读两遍)

  1.M: Would you like to live in a big house ,Sandy ?

  W: No. I want to live in a palace .

  2.M: Hi, Millie .What are you going to be in the future ?

  W: I’m going to be a teacher , but my sister wants to be a nurse .

  3.M: Shall we go to the Tian’anmen Square by taxi ?

  W: It’s too expensive .Take a bus there .

  4.M: Which animal do you like best ?

  W: Guess . Its large ears are like open fans .

  5.M: Lily, would you like to go shopping with me ?

  W: I’m afraid I can’t .I have to meet my old friends .

  6.M: Hey ,Helen ! Is this ruler yours ?

  W: Oh , no ,Peter . It’s Mike’s .

  7.M: Could you please give me your phone number ?

  W: Yes. My number is 7538096.

  8.M: There are 39 students in Tom’s class .

  W: Are they all Chinese students ?

  M: No, three of them are from America .

  9.M: Don’t read the books ,Linda . It’s too late now.

  W: OK, dad .I’ll go to be d in a minute .

  10.M:When will the plane leave for Paris ?

  W: It’s 9:30 now . The plane will leave in 20 minutes .

  B.听对话或独白,选出正确答案。(读两遍)

  听第一段对话,回答第11、12题。

  M:Where are you going ,Mum ?

  W: I’m going to the supermarket .

  M: Could you do something for me ?

  W: What can I do for you ,dear ?

  M:I want a ball pen .

  W:OK. Is that all ?

  M: Yes. Thank you very much .

  W: You are welcome .

  听第一篇短文,回答第13—15题。

  Spring is here again .It is a fine day tod ay .Now it’s nine o’clock in the morning . There’s a sports meeting in the forest .Look ,a horse ,a cat and a panda are running. A dog and two tigers are jumping in the grass . Two monkeys are climbing up the trees. Five birds are flying around . The elephants are standing under a big tree. A monkey is sitting on an old elephant .A fox is sitting in the tree .Other animals are watching .

  听第二篇短文,回答第16—20题。

  The Greens are American . Now they are in Shanghai . It is their first time to visit China , and they are going to stay in China for a month . They want to see some nicest places in China . Mr. Green can drive well . He is going to drive to visit factories in Shanghai . Mrs. Green teaches English in a school in America . She is going to visit some Chinese schools and talk to the teachers there . Their son , Jack , wants to make a few Chinese friends . They are going to take a lot of pictures . They are going to show the pictures to their friends when they return to America . They hope more American people can know China . After a visit to Shanghai , they are going to see some places of interest in Hangzhou .

  七年级英语下期中试卷参考

  第I卷

  一、听力选择

  (一) 听句子,选择正确的答语。读两遍。

  ( )1. A. Take the subway. B. This way, please .C. You can go, too.

  ( )2. A. I have supper at school. B. At about six o’clock. C. I’m at home.

  ( )3. A . I like playing the guitar. B. The story telling club. C. That sounds good.

  ( )4. A . About 20 minuets’ walk. B. About half an hour. C. I ride my bike.

  ( )5. A. They’re listening to a CD.B. They must be quiet. C. No, they’re exercising.

  (二) 听短对话,选择正确的答案。每段对话读两遍。

  ( )6. What club does the man want to join ?

  A. The swimm ing club. B. The basketball club. C. The music club.

  ( )7. Can the man play the piano ?

  A. Yes, he can. B. No, he can’t. C. I don’t know.

  ( )8. What time does Miss Wang sing in the morning ?

  A. At 6:30. B. At 7:30. C. At 7:00.

  ( )9. What subject does the man like best ?

  A. History. B. Chinese. C. Math

  ( )10.Why does Kate like giraffes ?

  A. Because they are clever.

  B. Because they are cute.

  C. Because they are interesting.

  (三) 听长对话,选择正确的答案。对话读两遍。

  听第一段对话,回答11-13小题。

  ( )1 1. Where are they ?

  A. At school. B. At the office. C. At home.

  ( )12. What’s Tony’s mother doing ?

  A. Cleaning the kitchen. B. Talking with her friends. C. Cleaning the room.

  ( )13. Who can help Tony’s mother?

  A. Tony and his father. B. Tony. C. Tony’s f ather.

  听第二段对话,回答14-15小题。

  ( )14. What can Jet play ?

  A. The violin. B. The drums. C. The piano

  ( )15. Can Maria sing ?

  A. No, she can’t. B. Yes, she can. C. We don’t know.

  (四) 听短文,回答第16-20小题。短文读两遍。

  ( )16. What’s Jim’s brother doing?

  A. doing his homework. B. playing chess. C. watching TV

  ( )17. What’s Jim’s mother doing?

  A. watching TV. B. reading. C. talking on the phone.

  ( )18. Where is Jim’s sister?

  A. in her room. B. at school. C. in the garden.

  ( )19. What kind of book is his sister reading ?

  A. An English book. B. A cartoon (卡通). C. I don’t know.

  ( )20. How many people are there in his family ?

  A. Three B. Four C. Five

  二、单项选择

  ( )21. Lingling can play ______ piano, but she can’t play ______football.

  A. the; / B. / ;the C. / ; / D. the ;the

  ( )22. ______ Saturday morning, I usually get up ______ 10:00.

  A. In; on B. On; in C. In; at D. On; at

  ( )23. --What _____ does Alice like?

  --She likes koalas because they’re _____cute.

  A. clothes; a lot B. subjects; a lot of C. animals; kind of D. sports; lots of

  ( )24. --Is it 8:40 now?

  --Yes, it’s _______.

  A. twenty to eight B. twenty to nine C. twenty past eight D. twenty past nine

  ( )25. Jim, can you _____ me a story ____ English?

  A. speak; speak B. talk; with C. say; use D. tell; in

  ( )26. --______do you need to get home from here?

  -- Only 10 minutes.

  A. How long B. How far C. How much D. How old

  ( )27.—What do you think of your math teacher?

  —She is ________with us. We all like her very much.

  A.boring B.scary C.strict D.lazy

  ( )28.—Can I listen to music here?

  —________,but you can listen in the music classroom.

  A.Yes,you can B.Of course

  C.No problem D.No,you can't

  ( )29.The little boy _______ play the piano. But he can sing songs_________ .

  A.can, good B.can’t, well C.can’t, good D. can, well

  ( )30 Be quiet!The baby ________.

  A.sleeps B.slept C.are sleeping D.is sleeping

  ( )31.Eat more vegetables. They are good ________you.

  A.for B.at C.to D.with

  ( ) 32. My son is __ 11-year-old boy, but he is good at__Art.

  A. a; B. an; C. the; the D. an; the

  ( )33.—Don't forget ________your history and Chinese books tomorrow morning.

  —Thanks. I won't.

  A.bring B.brings C.bringing D.to bring

  ( )34.—It is reported that many wild animals in the world are ________ because of human behavior.

  —We must do something to stop people from hunting and selling these animals.

  A.in danger B.in public C.in silence D. in trouble

  ( )35.—Hello! Is that Mr. Wang speaking?

  —Yes.________

  A.Who's that? B.Who are you? C.I'm speaking. D.I'm Mr. Wang.

  三、完形填空

  从A、B、C、D四个选项中选出一个可以填入相应空白处的最佳答案,并将其标号填入题前括号内 。

  Every school has its own(自己的) rules. In some schools in Asia(亚洲), students ___36__ smoke or talk loudly. In some schools in America, each child must look after their 37 well. They should cover (覆盖...的表面)the books. But one 38 is very popular around the world: students have to wear 39 on weekdays, but many students don’t like to wear the school uniforms(校服) 40 they think the uniforms are the most ugly(丑陋)clothes in the world, but schools don’t let their students wear 41 own clothes at school. Some students 42 beautiful pictures or their favorite stars on their uniforms, because they don’t want to

  wear the 43 clothes. What do you think 44 it? Do you 45 your school uniform?

  ( ) 36. A. can’t B. don’t C. needn’t D. aren’t

  ( ) 37. A. school B. books C. parents D. family

  ( ) 38. A. school B. class C. rule D. uniform

  ( ) 39. A. shirts B. skirts C. uniforms D. sweaters

  ( ) 40. A. because B. if C. when D. before

  ( ) 41. A. their B. they C. them D. themselves

  ( ) 42. A. read B. write C. draw D. take

  ( ) 43. A. good B. same C. cheap D. new

  ( ) 44. A. for B. on C. with D. of

  ( ) 45. A. like B. make C. wash D. take

  四、阅读理解

  A

  Dear Tim,

  Today is Saturday. It's 7:00 in the evening here. I'm writing to tell you something about my life. My father is watching a talk show on CCTV. That's his favorite program. My brother is playing computer games. My dog Dick is taking the hat to me. He wants me to put it on and go out for a walk with him. What a clever dog! My little sister is practicing playing the piano. It sounds beautiful today. Outside, I can hear cars and buses coming and going quickly. Also there are some boys playing ball games.

  It's really a noisy but happy evening.

  What are your family doing? I know that time here is thirteen hours ahead (提前)of that in New York. Are you getting up? Please write to me soon. Best wishes!

  Yours,

  Daniel

  46.Daniel's father is ________.

  A.listening to the news B.watching a talk show on TV

  C.watching a video D.listening to some music

  47.The dog wants the writer to put the hat on because ________.

  A.he likes the hat very much B.he thinks the hat is strange

  C.the weather is too hot D.he wants to go out for a walk

  48.What do you think of the piano playing skill of the writer's sister?

  A.It's much better (更好).  B.It's just as usual(和平常一样).

  C.It's much worse (更糟的).  D.It's always so good.

  49.How does the writer feel while he is writing the letter?

  A.Not very well.  B.Very bad. C.Very glad.     D.Very sad.

  50.What time is it when the writ er begins to write the letter?

  A.4:00 a.m.   B.5:00 a.m C.6:00 a.m.    D.7:00 p.m.

  B

  Today is the first day of the week. In the afternoon,Mr. Read is driving his car to his sister's school. Now he is very near the school. But he doesn't know the way to it. At this time,he sees a young woman. Mr. Read comes out of his car and goes to her.“Excuse me!Where's the school,please?” he asks. The young woman says,“It's very near here. I want to go with yo u.”

  Now the young woman is sitting in the car. Soon they come to a small house and she says,“Stop,please!” Mr. Read stops the car and says,“But this is not a school.” “No,” says the young woman,“this is my house. I want to get home early before supper time. Thanks for driving me home. The school is behind the factory. So go back to the factory and then turn right,and you can find the school.”

  51.Tod ay is ________.

  A.Monday   B.Saturday C.Tuesday    D.Sunday

  52.What is Mr. Read doing this afternoon?

  A.He is going to his sister's factory .

  B.He is repairing(修理)a car for the young woman.

  C.He is driving his car to his sister's school.

  D.He's driving his car to see the young woman.

  53.What does the young woman want to do?

  A.She wants to go to the school with Mr. Read .

  B.She wants to get home in Mr. Read's car.

  C.She wants Mr. Read to go to her house.

  D.She wants to stop Mr. Read's car.

  54.Where's Mr. Read's sister's school?

  A.Behind the factory. B.Near the young woman's house.

  C.In front of the woman's house. D.Behind the woman's house.

  55.Which is not TRUE?

  A.Mr. Read doesn't know the way to the school.

  B.The young woman doesn't get home before supper time.

  C.Mr. Read and the young woman aren't friends.

  D.Mr. Read wants to find the school,so he must go back.

  C

  Hi, boys and girls! Welcome to our museum. It's free. You don't have to pay any money. But we have some rules for you. Please remember them and do as I say. Firstly, don't have food or drink here. You may make our museum dirty. Secondly, you can take photos here, but don't touch (触摸) the things here. Thirdly, keep quiet in the museum. Don't talk loudly. Fourthly, the museum is not open after five o'clock in the afternoon. Please leave before five. Have a good time here! Thank you.

  56.Here are some rules for a ________.

  A.store B.park C.school D.museum

  57.Wha t's the Chinese meaning of the word “free” in the article?

  A.免费的 B.迅速的 C.高兴的 D.自由的

  58.Students can ________ in the museum.

  A.have food and drink B.take photos

  C.touch the things D.talk loudly

  59.Students can stay in the museum ________.

  A.all day

  B. before 5:00 a.m

  C.before 5:00 p.m

  D.after 5:00 p.m

  60.We can learn from the article that ________.

  A.students don't want to pay any money

  B.it has five rules for the students

  C.the speaker who tells the students the rules is a teacher

  D.the speaker hopes the students have a good time

  D

  April 22 is Earth Day. Everyone on earth should care about and protect the earth!

  The earth has warmed by about 1°F(华氏度) over the past 100 years, but why and how? Well, scientists are not quite sure. Maybe the earth gets war mer and warmer on its own. But many scientists say that people are doing many things which make the earth warmer.

  First, the greenhouse effect (温室效应) is a very important reason for the change of the earth. People give out too much energy into the air every year. It makes the earth warmer. Climate (气候) change is another important reason. Sometimes it becomes too hot and sometimes too cold. Someti mes there is too much rain and sometimes too little. The change of the climate makes the earth warmer. In turn, the warmth of the earth changes the climate, too.

  People can affect the earth's air, land and water. As for us, we can do many things to protect the earth. For example, we can use fridges less. We can tell more people about protecting the earth.

  61.Earth Day is probably created for people to________.

  A.learn mo re about the earth

  B.make full use of the earth

  C.take better care of the earth

  D.study the warmth of the earth

  62.We can infer (推断) from the passage that the reasons for the warmer earth are____now.

  A.not very clear B.completely secret

  C.well known D.not given

  63.The greenhouse effect comes from ________.

  A.sea rising B.climate change

  C.nature's unbalance D.people's activity

  64.According to the passage, ________ may affect each other.

  A.animals and islands

  B.climate and the warmth of the earth

  C.fridges and animals

  D.sea level and the growth of plants

  65.The passage mainly tells us that ________.

  A.there is more rain now

  B.we should protect the earth

  C.we must stop pollution

  D.sea level is getting higher.

  五、补全对话(有两项多余)

  A:Hello, this is Laura. May I speak to Cindy?

  B:Hi, Cindy speaking.

  A:________(66)

  B:I am watching a film on the Internet.

  A:________(67)

  B:A film called Zootopia (《疯狂动物城》).

  A:________(68)

  B:Yes, it's about animals' dreams. I am deeply moved by it.

  A:Sounds good. I'l l enjoy it when I'm free.

  B:I'm sure you'll like it.________(69)

  A:Oh, I found an interesting place to go for a picnic. Want to join us tomorrow?

  B:Um, let me have a look first.________(70)

  A:Sure. Please do remember to give me a reply.

  B:OK. Thanks for calling.

  A.I hear it's very popular.

  B.Is it about animals?

  C.What are you doing now?

  D.What film is it?

  E.Would you send its information to me?

  F.When do you usually go to the movies?

  G.Well, but why do you call me?

  第II卷

  六.单词拼写

  (一)用方框中所给单词的适当形式填空 。

  I ride strawberry dress tooth.

  71. These gloves are not _______They are my sister’s.

  72. How much are these _____________, please?

  73.The boy usually gets ________ at 6: 30.

  74.A man usually has 32 ________

  75.Look! They're______bikes.

  (二)根据句意及汉语提示填写句中所缺单词。

  76.Mr. Black earns(赚) nine______(百) dollars a week.

  77.My little sister is _______(害怕) of tigers.

  78.Linda ________(练习) singing for an hour every day.

  79.Don't_______ (睡觉) in class,Mike.

  80.Langlang and Li Yundi are very famous _______(音乐家)

  七.动词应用。用所给动词的适当形式填空(必要时可加情态动词或助动词)

  Hello, friends .We need you ___81____(help) the old people at the old people’s home. Are you good at ____82_____(sing)? Do you like ___83____(dance)? If you want __84___(tell) stories to the old people ,that would be OK. The old people's home 85 (be) in Xingfu Street. There __86__(be)a big supermarket and two parks here. It is easy __87__( find) the old people’s home. It ___88__(take)half an hour to get here from your school .It’s old people’s dream ____89__(make) friends with you.Please____90___(join) us.

  八.英汉互译

  91.In the evening, I either watch TV or play computer games.

  ___________________________________________.

  92.Elephants can walk for a long time and never get lost.

  ___________________________________________.

  93.你怎样去上学?

  ___________________________________________?

  94.我们的梦想能实现吗?

  ___________________________________________?

  95.不要在走廊里跑.

  __________ _________________________________

  九、书面表达

  假设你是Sarah,Peter是你的美国网友。他最近发给你一封电子邮件,询问你的个人情况。请根据以下提示,给他回一封电子邮件。

  内容:1.你的爱好和特长;

  2.你的日常生活习惯(至少两点);

  3.你的主要上学方式以及原因;

  4.你对动物的看法;

  5.这些天你正在做的事(一件即可)。

  要求:1.60词左右;

  2.书写工整、规范。

  Dear Peter,

  Thanks for your e-mail. I'm very happy to tell you something about myself.

  ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

  参考答案

  第一部分

  一、听力部分(每小题1分,共20分)

  1-5AABBC 6-10BBBCC 11-15CCBAB 16-20 BCACC

  二、单项选择(每小题1分,共15分)

  21-25ADCBD 26-30ACDBD 31-35ABDAA

  三、完形填空(每小题1分,共10分)

  36-40ABCCA 41-45ACBDA

  四、阅读理解(每小题1.5分,30分)

  46-50BDACD 51-55DCBAB 56-60DABCD 61-65CADBB

  五、补全对话(有两项多余)(每小题1分,共5分)

  66-70 CDBGE

  第二卷

  六.单词拼写(共10小题,计10分)

  71.mine 72.strawberries 73.dressed 74.teeth 75.riding 76.hundred 77.afraid 78.practices 79.sleep 80.musicians

  七. 动词短文填空(每空1分 共10分)

  81.to help 82.singing 83.dancing 84.to tell 85.is 86.is 87.to find 88.takes 89.to make 90.join

  八.英汉互译(每小题一分 共5分)

  91.晚上我要么看电视,要么玩游戏。

  92.大象能走很长时间并且从不会迷路。

  93.How do you get to school?

  94.Can our dream come true?

  95.Don't run in the hallways.

  九、书面表达(共15分)

  参考范文

  Thanks for your e-mail. I'm very happy to tell you something about myself. I like to play the guitar and I can play it well .Every morning,I get up at six o'clock. At 7:00,I usually ride a bike to school. I have lunch at school at 12:00.And I get home at 5:00 pm .I like pandas because they are cute and smart .But they are in great danger. These days,I am reading a bo ok about pandas. I want to help and save them.

  Can I know more about you?I wish to get your e-mail soon.

  听力材料一、听句子,选择正确的答语。读两遍。

  ◆1.How can we go to the bookstore ?

  ◆2. Where do you have supper?

  ◆3.What club do you like?

  ◆4. How long does it take to get to school?

  ◆5. Are they using the computer?

  二.听短对话,选择正确的答案,每段对话读两遍。

  6. W: What club do you want to join ?

  M: I want to join the basketball club .

  Question. What club does the man want to join ?

  7. W :Can you play the piano ?

  M: No, but I can play the drums .

  Question. Can the man play the piano ?

  8.W: Does Miss Wang sing at 7:00 in the morning ?

  M: No, she sings at seven thirty.

  Question. What time does Miss Wang sing in the morning ?

  9. W: What’s your favorite subject ?

  M: I like math best .

  Question. What subject does the man like best ?

  10. M: Why do you like giraffes , Kate ?

  W: Because they are interesting .

  Question. Why does Kate like giraffes ?

  三.听长对话,选择正确的答案。对话读两遍。

  听第一段对话,回答11至13小题。

  M: Mom , what are you doing now ?

  W: I’m cleaning the room .

  M: Do you want some help ?

  W: Yes, Tony . Please ask your father to help me .

  M: Sorry ,he can’t help you . He’s talking with his friends in the living room .

  W: Oh, dear , it’s too heavy , I can’t do it .

  M : Don’t worry . Let me help you .

  Question. 11. Where are they ?

  Question. 12. What’s Tony’s mother doing ?

  Question. 13. Who can help Tony’s mother?

  听第二段对话,回答14至15小题。

  W: Do you like playing the violin ,Jack ?

  M: No, I don’t . But Jet can play it well .

  W: Can Maria sing ?

  M: Yes, she can .

  W: Thank you for telling me .

  M: You are welcome .

  Question. 14. What can Jet play ?

  Question. 15. Can Maria sing ?

  四、听短文,回答16至20小题。短文读两遍。

  Hi, this is Jim’s family . Let’s see what they are doing after lunch . Oh, Jim is playing chess with his brother in the garden . His father is watching TV. His mother is talking on the phone . Where is his sister ? She is reading in her room . Everyone is busy

  Question. 16. What’s Jim’s brother doing?

  Question. 17. What’s Jim’s mother doing?

  Question. 18. Where is Jim’s sister?

  Question. 19. What kind of book is his sister reading ?

  Question. 20. How many people are there in his family ?


七年级第二学期英语期中试卷相关文章:

1.七年级下册英语期中试卷及答案

2.七年级下册英语期中试卷及答案人教版

3.七年级上英语Unit2测试题附答案

4.七年级英语下册期末试卷及答案

5.七年级英语上册期中测试题带答案

春季学期七年级英语期中试卷



  英语多听并不仅仅是为了应试,更重要的一点就是在听的过程中可以逐步增强语感,今天小编就给大家来参考一下七年级英语,喜欢的就来学习吧

  春季学期七年级英语下册期中试卷

  一、听力测试 (30分)

  (一)听句子,选画面(每小题1分,共5分)

  请听句子,选择与你所听到的句子内容相符的图画。每个句子读一遍。

  A B C D E

  1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

  (二)听句子,选答语(每小题1分,共5分)

  请听句子,选择恰当的答语。每个句子读一遍。

  ( ) 6. A. Yes, I do. B. Yes, I can. C. Yes, I am.

  ( ) 7. A. I’m reading. B. I do my homework. C. I’m going to check my e-mail.

  ( ) 8. A. It’s mine. B. It’s my. C. It’s me.

  ( ) 9. A. No, they don’t. B. No, they won’t. C. No’ they aren’t.

  ( ) 10. A. Yes, it is. B. You’re right. C. Because it is cool there.

  (三)对话理解(每小题1分,共10分)

  A. 请听五段短对话,选择最佳答案。每段对话和问题读两遍。

  ( ) 11. What’s Betty doing now?

  A. She’s reading. B. She’s writing. C. She’s singing.

  ( ) 12. What’s Jane going to do on Sunday?

  A. She’s going to go swimming.

  B. She’s going to go hiking.

  C. She’s going t o go shopping with her mo ther.

  ( ) 13. Lucy thinks there will be _________ in the future.

  A. teachers. B. chalk. C. schools.

  ( ) 14. Where is London?

  A. It’s in the west of England.

  B. It’s in the north of England.

  C. It’s on the River Thames.

  ( ) 15. What’s the weather like today?

  A. It’s warm. B. It’s cloudy. C. It’s very cold.

  B. 请听一段长对话,根据对话内容回答问题。对话和问题读两遍。

  ( ) 16. What’s Lucy going to do after school?

  A. Go ho me. B. Play football. C. Go shopping.

  ( ) 17. Is Bob going to play football after school?

  A. No, he isn’t. B. Yes, he does. C. Yes, he is.

  ( ) 18. Where is Lucy going for her next holidays?

  A. She is going to visit China.

  B. She is going to visit Australia.

  C. She is going to visit England.

  ( ) 19. What’s Lucy’s favourite city?

  A. Sydney. B. Beijing. C. London

  ( ) 20. Where is Bob going for her next holidays?

  A. To Sydney, Australia.

  B. To Beijing, China.

  C. To London, England.

  (四)短文理解(每小题1分,共5分)

  请听一篇短文,根据短文内容,回答第21-25小题。短文读两遍

  ( ) 21. What does Jack do?

  A. A cook. B. A cooker. C. An actor.

  ( ) 22. Where does he work?

  A. In an English restaurant..

  B. In an Australia restaurant.

  C. In a Chinese restaurant.

  ( ) 23. What can he make?

  A. Salad, cakes, pizza and so on.

  B. Salad, hamburgers, bread and so on.

  C. Salad, pizza, hamburgers and so on.

  ( ) 24. What time does Jack go to bed?

  A. At 10:00 am. B. At 10:00 pm. C. At 9:30 in the evening.

  ( ) 25. How does he feel?

  A. He is tired. B. He is tired but happy. C. He is happy.

  (五)听短文,填信息(每小题1分,共5分)

  请听一篇短文,根据短文内容补全以下信息,每空填一词。短文读两遍。

  In the future it will be hot all the 26 , so the winter will be very short. It will 27 warm at the North Pole, so the seas will be very rough. The 28 will be hot and the winter will be warm. But there will be 29 weather in spring and autumn. There will be heavy 30 and strong wind.

  二、单项选择(每小题1分,共15分)

  从下列每题所给的选项中,选择一个最佳答案。

  ( ) 31. —Can you sing this song in English?

  — . It’s too difficult.

  A. No, I’m not. B. No, I can’t. C. Yes, I can.

  ( ) 32. Lingling gets on well _________ her classmates.

  A. for B. in C. with

  ( ) 33. There _________ a parent meeting in our class next month.

  A. is going to have B. will have C. is going to be

  ( ) 34. In the future teachers _________ chalk on a blackboard.

  A. won’t use B. don’t use C. aren’t use

  ( ) 35. This crayon isn’t ________. It’s _________.

  A. mine, her B. mine, hers C. my, hers

  ( ) 36. —Why ___________ the policeman over there?

  —That’s a good idea!

  A. not to ask B. to not ask C. not ask

  ( ) 37. Her hometown is very beautiful, so every week _________ people come to visit it.

  A. hundreds of B. hundred of C. hundreds

  ( ) 38. She is a teacher, and a singer _________.

  A. well B. as well C. as

  ( ) 39. He’d like to join the Music Club because he can _________ very well.

  A. plays piano B. play the piano C. playing piano

  ( ) 40. I often help my mother do some _________ at home.

  A. washing B. wash C. washes

  ( ) 41. They like to fly kites _________ sunny afternoon.

  A. in B. at C. on

  ( ) 42. —Thank you for helping me.

  — _________.

  A. Don’t say so B. You’re right C. You’re welcome

  ( ) 43. — ________ are you going to Guilin?

  — Because I want to visit Two Rivers and Four Lakes.

  A. Why B. Where C. How

  ( ) 44. Listen, the students _________ in the classroom.

  A. is singing B. are singing C. singing

  ( ) 45. Lucy doesn’t eat beef chicken.

  A. or B. and C. but

  三、完形填空。(每小题1分, 共10分)

  阅读短文,选择最佳答案。

  Dear Lucy,

  I'm happy to receive your e-mail. I am looking forward to 46 coming tomorrow. I will have an English test tomorrow,so I'm sorry I can't go to 47 you. Let me tell you 48 to get to my home. My home is in the centre of the city. It's not near the airport(机场).You need to 49 a taxi or a bus. Go along Happy Street and then turn right. Then you can see a 50 neighbourhood(小区).That's our neighbourhood. It's not big, 51 it is very beautiful. There are some 52 for people to relax(放松):a sports club,a music club and so on. It also has a school 53 children and a big shop. It has six 54 . My home is in the second one. And I live in Room 302.

  If you have questions,please 55 me. My telephone number is 86793525. See you tomorrow!

  Yours,

  Nancy

  ( )46.A. your B.her C.our

  ( )47.A. ask B.meet C.thank

  ( )48.A. how B.what C.when

  ( )49.A. buy B.take C.bring

  ( )50.A. big B.dirty C.nice

  ( )51.A. so B.but C.if

  ( )52.A. games B.sports C.places

  ( )53.A. of B.for C.at

  ( )54.A. buildings B.schools C.clubs

  ( )55.A. show B.send C.call

  四、阅读理解。(共30分,56-65小题每小题1分;66-75小题每小题2分)

  A

  My name is Han Mei. My school is not very big, but it’s very nice. When you come into my school, you can see a tall building. It’s our teaching building. There are fifteen classrooms in the building. It has three floors. There are forty-two teachers and six hundred children in my school. The teachers all work hard, and the students all study hard, too. My school is beautiful. There are lots of pictures on the wall. It’s our school culture(文化). I like my school very much. Do you like it, too? Welcome to my school.

  根据短文内容判断正误,正确的写T,错误的写F。

  ( ) 56. Han Mei’s school is very big and nice.

  ( ) 57. There are fifty classrooms in the building.

  ( ) 58. The teachers all work hard, but the students don’t.

  ( ) 59. The pictures on the wall are her school culture.

  ( ) 60. Han Mei likes her school very much.

  B

  Name

  Family

  Betty King I’m from America. I’m a student. There are three people in my family. My father, my mother and I. My father is a doctor, and my mother is the manager of a theatre.

  Tony Smith I’m from England. There are five people in my family. They are my grandparents, my father, my mother and I. My mother is an English teacher at a school. My father is a hotel manager.

  Li Daming I’m from China. My father’s job is at a police station. He is a policeman, and my mother is a nurse in a hospital.

  Wang Lingling I’m from China. My father is a bus driver in Beijing. My mother is a nurse in People’s Hospital.

  根据以上信息,选择最佳答案

  ( ) 61. What’s Betty’s mother?

  A. A doctor. B. A manager of a theatre.

  C. A nurse. D. A teacher.

  ( ) 62. How many people are there in Tony Smith’s family?

  A. Three. B. Four. C. Six. D. Five.

  ( ) 63. _________ mothers are both nurses.

  A. Betty King’s and Tony Smith’s B. Li Daming’s and Wang Lingling’s

  C. Betty King’s and Wang Lingling’s D. Tony Smith’s and Li Daming’s

  ( ) 64. __________ comes from England.

  A. Betty King B. Li Daming C. Tony Smith D. Wang Lingling

  ( ) 65. Li Daming’s father works at a _____________.

  A. A police station B. a hospital C. a school D. a theatre

  C

  There are many new ways of shopping in the world. Do you know all of them?

  One popular way is catalog shopping(目录购物). There are catalogs for almost anything you need—like clothes, furniture, cooking and so on. People also order about 40% of their music from music club catalogs.

  Another way of shopping is shopping by TV. It began in 1986. About 5% to 8% of the Americans now shop by television. People say that it is easier than shopping in a shop. TV shopping is late at night, so people can “go shopping” happily after a day’s work.

  Computer shopping or “shopping online” is interesting to more and more people. Is computer shopping the way of tomorrow? Already, people can use their computers to order many different things, such as computers, flowers, food and T-shirts. Soon people may be able to shop for anything, anytime and anywhere in the world.

  根据短文内容,选择最佳答案

  ( ) 66. How many ways of shopping are mentioned in the passage?

  A. Five B. Four C. Three D. Two

  ( ) 67. __________ people are interested in computer shopping or “shopping online”.

  A. Many B. Some C. More and more D. Some

  ( ) 68. When did TV shopping begin?

  A. In 1968 B. In 1998 C. In 1997 D. In 1986

  ( ) 69. About ___________ of Americans now shop by television.

  A.6 % B. 9% C. 10% D. 4%

  ( ) 70. What’s the best title for this passage?

  A. TV shopping. B. Modern shopping

  C. Catalog shopping. D. Computer shopping

  D

  Some people learn a foreign language easily. Others may not. How can you help yourself learn English? I think there are two ways to make learning English a little easier and more interesting.

  First, you should build up confidence(自信). If you believe that you can learn, you will learn. When you read or listen to something, you may not be able to understand(理解) it all. Don’t worry. You can use a dictionary to help you. You can ask your teacher or friends to help you. Do not be afraid of making mistakes. You can learn from mistakes.

  Second, practise using English. For example, write a diary in English every day, and you’ll be able to write better. Speak English whenever you can. You may practise with your friends after class. Then you’ll be able to speak better.

  Remember the famous saying, “Practice makes perfect.” The more you practise using English, the better you’ll learn it.

  ( )71.What is the main idea of the passage?

  A.It is very important and useful to learn a foreign language.

  B.Some people learn a foreign language more easily than others.

  C.There are different ways to help you learn a foreign language more easily.

  D.You should build up confidence before you learn a foreign language.

  ( )72.What’s the first way to help you learn English?

  A.Try not to make any mistakes.

  B.Try not to ask others for help.

  C.Try to build up your confidence.

  D.Try to make learning English interesting.

  ( )73.What’s the second way to help you learn English?

  A.Practise using English B.Pracise writing English

  C.Practise speaking English D.Practise listening English

  ( )74.What does the underlined sentence “Practice makes perfect.” mean?

  A.巧妇难为无米之炊。 B.机不可失,时不再来。

  C.熟能生巧。 D.水滴石穿。

  ( )75.What can you do when you meet some new words?

  A.We can use a dictionary to help us.

  B.We can ask our teacher or friends for help.

  C.We need to be very afraid of making mistakes.

  D.Both A and B.

  五、补全对话(每小题1分,共5分)

  根据对话内容,从方框中所给的选项中选出合适的句子补全对话,其中有一项是多余的。

  A: Excuse me. 76

  A. How about walking?

  B. Is there a bank near here?

  C. With pleasure.

  D. How long will it take to get there by bus?

  E. How can I get there?

  F. Thanks a lot.

  B: Yes, there is. It’s on the King Street.

  A: 77

  B: You can take No. 8 bus.

  A: 78

  B: It will take twenty minutes.

  A: 79

  B: Maybe fifty minutes’ walk.

  A: Thank you very much.

  B: 80

  六、综合读写(共15分)

  (一)选词填空(5分)

  根据对话内容,用方框中所给单词的适当形式填空。

  fresh be I’d else Here’s

  A: What can I do for you?

  B: Yes, 81. like some sausages. How much are they?

  A: Forty yuan a kilo. How much would you like?

  B: Half a kilo.

  A: OK. What 82. would you like?

  B: A kilo of beans and two kilos of apples.

  A: That’ll 83. thirty-eight yuan.

  B: Oh, the strawberries look 84. . How much are they?

  A: Twenty yuan a kilo.

  B: One kilo, please. 85. seventy-eight yuan.

  A: Thank you. Goodbye.

  B: Goodbye.

  (二)单词拼写(10分)

  根据句意及首字母或括号内汉语提示写出单词在句子中的正确形式。

  86. Look at the pens. The blue one is y and the yellow one is his.

  87. There are a lot of things in the lost and f box.

  88. May I t that blue coat on? I like it very much.

  89. Don’t worry a English. I can teach you English.

  90. —What’s your favourite d ?

  —Cola.

  91. There are many new (方式) of shopping and online shopping is one of them.

  92. Go down this road and you’ll see an (地铁) station.

  93. Paying over the Internet isn’t always ________________ (安全的).

  94.In the future maybe machines and (机器人)will do all the heavy and difficult jobs.

  95. I help my mother do (家务劳动)on weekends.

  七、书面表达。(15分)

  假如你是李平, 你远在加拿大的网友Jack与家人计划五一期间来桂林旅游,你准备担任他们的导游。请根据以下表格给Jack写一封email, 先简要介绍一下桂林,然后谈谈你为他们制定的计划。

  简要介绍

  名胜风景

  Luo Shan Lake (罗山湖)

  Two Rivers and Four Lakes(两江四湖)

  Elephant Trunk Hill(象鼻山), The Seven Star Crag (七星岩)

  活动

  计划 May 1st 去罗山湖

  May 2nd 游两江四湖

  May 3rd 去象鼻山和七星岩

  May 4th do some shopping

  要求:1. 语言通顺、书写工整,不要逐字翻译,可适当增加词数。

  2. 介绍部分要用 there be 或者 we have; 活动计划部分要用be going to或者will

  3. 词数:70词左右(开头、结尾已给出,不计入词数)。

  Dear Jack,

  Welcome to China and I’d like to be your guide. First, Let me tell you beautiful places to visit in Guilin. We have many beautiful places to visit.

  ____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________.

  I’m looking forward to seeing you soon!

  Yours Li Ping

  参考答案

  第一节、听句子,选画面

  请听句子,选择与你所听到的句子内容相符的图画。每个句子读一遍。

  1. The car in the shop is very expensive. I can’t buy it.

  2. It will rain tomorrow. We aren’t going shopping.

  3. The beautiful watch isn’t mine. It is my father’s.

  4. Betty can sing very well. Can you sing?

  5. We are going to play basketball this weekend.

  第二节、听句子,选答语 请听句子,选择恰当的答语。每个句子读一遍。

  6. Can you speak English? 7. What are you going to do at the weekend?

  8. Whose bag is this? 9. Will students have a lot of homework to do?

  10. Why do you usually go to the river in summer?

  第三节、对话理解 A. 请听五段短对话,选择最佳答案。每段对话和问题读两遍。

  11. M: Are you reading now, Betty?

  W: No, I’m writing.

  Question: What’s Betty doing now?

  12. M: What are you going to do on Sunday, Jane?

  W: I’m going to go shopping with my mother.

  Question: What’s Jane going to do on Sunday?

  13. M: Will there be schools in the future, Lucy?

  W: I think there will be schools, but there won’t be any teachers.

  Question: What’s in the future?

  14. M: Where is London?

  W: It’s in the south of England and it’s on the River Thames.

  Question: Where is London?

  15. M: What’s the weather like in your hometown?

  W: It’s usually very cold. But today it’s warm

  Question: What’s the weather like today?

  B. 请听一段长对话,根据对话内容回答问题。对话和问题读两遍。

  M: Hi, Lucy. What are you going to do after school today?

  W: Go home. What about you, Bob?

  M: I’m going to play football.

  W: Are you going to watch TV tonight, Bob?

  M: Yes, of course. Oh, where are you going for your next holidays, Lucy?

  W: Australia. Sydney is my favourite city. How about you?

  M: Me? To Beijing, China. I want to see the Great Wall.

  W: That sounds good.

  Question16: What’s Lucy going to do after school?

  Question17: Is Bob going to play football after school?

  Question18: Where is Lucy going for her next holidays?

  Question19: What’s Lucy’s favourite city?

  Question20: Where is Bob going for her next holidays?

  第四节、短文理解 请听一篇短文,根据短文内容, 回答问题。短文和问题读两遍

  Jack is my uncle. He is a cook. He works in a Chinese restaurant. He works from 9:00 am to 9:00 pm. He can make salad, hamburgers, pizza and so on. He goes home at 9:10 in the evening and goes to bed at 10:00. He is tired but happy. And he wants to be an act or.

  Question21: What does Jack do?

  Question22: Where does he work?

  Question23: What can he make?

  Question24: What time does Jack go to bed?

  Question25: How does he feel?

  第五节. 听短文,填信息

  请听一篇短文,根据短文内容补全以下信息,每空填一词。短文读两遍。

  In the future it will be hot all the year, so the winter will be very short. It will get warm at the North Pole, so the seas will be very rough. The summer will be hot and the winter will be warm. But there will be bad weather in spring and autumn. There will be heavy rain and strong wind.

  参考答案

  一、听力部分

  (一)1-5 DCBEA

  (二) 6-10 BC ABC

  (三)A.11-15 BCCCA B.16-20 ACBAB

  (四)21-25 ACCBB

  (五)26.year 27. get 28.summer 29.bad 30. rain

  二、单项选择(每小题1分,共15分)

  31-35 BCCAB 36-40 CABBA 41-45 CCABA

  三、完形填空。(每小题1分, 共10分) 46-50 ABABC 51-55 BCBAC

  四、阅读理解。(共30分,56-65小题每小题1分;66-75小题每小题2分)

  56-60 FFFTT 61-65 BDBCA 66-70 CCDAB 71-75 CCACD

  五、补全对话(每小题1分,共5分) 76-80 BEDAC

  六、综合读写(共15分)

  (一) 81. I’d 82. else 83. be 84. fresh 85. Here’s

  (二)86. yours 87. found 88. try 89. about 90. drink

  91. ways 92. underground 93. safe 94. robots 95. housework

  七、书面表达。(15分) One possible version:

  Dear Jack,

  Welcome to China and I’d like to be your guide. First, Let me tell you beautiful places to visit in Guilin. We have many beautiful places to visit. There are Luo Shan Lake , Two Rivers and Four Lakes, Elephant Trunk Hill,The Seven Star Crag and so on. On May 1st, we are going to Luo Shan Lake . The next day, we are going to Two Rivers and Four Lakes . The third day, we will go to visit Elephant Trunk Hill and The Seven Star Crag,On the last day, you can do some shopping.

  I’m looking forward to seeing you soon!

  Yours Li Ping

  初中七年级下学期英语期中试题

  第I卷(110分)

  I.听力测试 (30分)

  A)听录音,在每组句子中选出一个你所听到的句子,每个句子听一遍。

  1. A. Lisa wants to join the chess club.

  B. Lisa wants to join a sports club.

  C. Lisa wants to join the music club.

  2. A. When do you usually go to the movies?

  B. What time do you usually take a shower?

  C. When do you usually go to work?

  3. A. I sometimes go to school by bus.

  B. I sometimes go to school on foot.

  C. I sometimes ride my bike to school.

  4. A. We must listen to music outside.

  B. We can watch TV on weekends.

  C. We have to be quiet in the library.

  5. A. Tom likes giraffes because they are beautiful.

  B. Tom likes pandas because they are cute.

  C. Tom likes koalas because they are friendly.

  B) 在录音中,你将听到五段对话。请选出与对话相符的图片每段对话听两遍。

  A. B. C.

  7.

  8.

  A. B. C.

  9.

  A. B. C.

  10.

  A. B. C.

  C) 在录音中,你将听到一段对话及五个问题。请根据对话内容及问题选择正确答案。对话及问题听两遍。

  11. A. Ride the bike. B. Take the bus. C. Walk.

  12. A. Ten kilometers. B. Fifteen kilometers. C. Twenty kilometers.

  13. A. Twenty minutes. B. Thirty minutes. C. Forty minutes..

  14. A. No, she doesn’t. B. Yes, she does. C. We don’t know.

  15. A. Go to the zoo. B. Go to the supermarket. C. Go to the library .

  D)在录音中你将听到一篇短文及五个问题。请根据短文内容及问题选择正确答案。短文及问题听两遍。

  16. A. At home. B. In the classroom. C. In the hallways.

  17. A. Two. B. Three. C. Four.

  18. A. She is dancing. B. She is singing. C. She is eating an apple.

  19. A. Wu Dong's mother. B. The English teacher’s son. C. The English teacher’s student.

  20. A. In South Africa. B. In America. C. In Thailand.

  II. 读音选词 根据所给句意和音标,从每题A、B、C、D四个选项中,选出一个最佳答案。(5分)

  21. Lisa wants to join the chess ________/ /.

  A. cloud B. cold C. could D. club

  22. Many of the students never ________/ / the village.

  A. learn B. leave C. leaf D. live

  23. I like pandas because they are very _________ / /.

  A. funny B. follow C. fight D. friendly

  24. I get home from school at __________ past four and do my homework.

  A. half B. hair C. hard D. host

  25. Don’t eat in the classroom. You must eat in the _______ hall,

  A. dining B. dirty C danger D. drive

  III. 选择填空 从每题A、B、C、D四个选项中,选出一个最佳答案。(30分)

  26. Jim likes playing ________ping-pong. And his sister likes playing ________piano.

  A. the;the B. a;the C. /;the D. the;/

  27. —Can you dance?

  —________.And I can also sing.

  A. Yes,I can B. No,I can't C. Yes,I can't D. No,I can

  28. Miss Green is good ________music. She is good ________her students, so all the students like her.

  A. at;at B. with;with C. at;with D. with;at

  29. My sister doesn't like yellow. She ________buys yellow clothes.

  A. always B. usually C. sometimes D. never

  30. My parents want me to drink _________ every morning. They say it’s good for my health.

  A. milk B. fruit C. cola D. vegetables

  31. Peter can't play soccer. Mike can't play soccer, ________.

  A. too B. either C. also D. well

  32. ________ is not easy for the children in the mountains to go to school every day.

  A. This B. That C. He D. It

  33. Don't be ________!We can ask the policeman for help.

  A. tidy B. early C. happy D. afraid

  34. There are five ___________ students in our school.

  A. hundred B. hundreds C. hundreds of D. hundred of

  35. The ________boy can make the bed. How smart he is!

  A. three years old B. three-years-old C. three-year-old D. three year old

  36. This TV show is ____________ boring, Let’s go to the movies.

  A. a kind of B. kinds of C. kind of D. a kind

  37.—My pet dog can walk ________ two legs. What about ________?

  — My pet dog can,too.

  A. in;your B. in;yours C. on;your D. on;yours

  38. –What ______ she usually _____ on weekends? –She usually goes to the library.

  A. is, do B. do, do C. is, doing D. does, do

  39. Tom can draw ________.His pictures are very ________.

  A. good;well B. well;good C. good;good D. well;well

  40. The bus ride is never boring ________ I always talk to my classmate.

  A. because B. or C. but D. so

  41. Which of the following signs means “No Photos”?

  A. B. C. D.

  42. Mom, I need you ________ a notebook for me.

  A. buy B. buying C. to buy D. to buying

  43. My grandmother often ________ funny stories at night.

  A. talks B. says C. speaks D. tells

  44. Nick ________ to work on Sundays. He plays sports with his friends.

  A. go B. goes C. don't go D. doesn't go

  45. —How long does it take from her home to school?

  —________.

  A. Twenty minutes B. Three kilometers C. By bus D. Ten minutes’ walk

  46. Excuse me, sir. I ________.Can you help me find my home?

  A. get home B. get dressed C. get lost D. get up

  47. —________ is it now?

  —It's six o’clock. You must get up and eat breakfast.

  A. What time B. What color C. What club D. What animal

  48. —You work so hard. I think your dream can________ someday.

  —Thank you.

  A. get up B. talk to C. get to D. come true

  49. – What are you doing, Dave?

  –I’m ___________ a newspaper.

  A. seeing B. reading C. watching D. looking

  50. ________ cut down the trees. We must save them.

  A. Can't B. Don't C. Not D. Doesn't

  51. —Why can't Nancy come to your party?

  —Because she ________do her homework.

  A. can B. can't C. has to D. doesn't have to

  52.Boys and girls, p lease remember ________ your homework here this evening.

  A. taking B. to take C. bringing D. to bring

  53. —________?

  —They are from South Africa.

  A. Where are the lions B. Why do you like lions

  C. What animals do you like D. Where are lions from

  54 . Please be quiet! The children ________.

  A. is sleeping B. are sleeping C. sleep D. sleeps

  55. —Is that Danny Brown speaking?

  —Yes.________?

  A. What's your name B. Who are you

  C. Who's that D. Are you Jim?

  IV. 补全对话 从每题A 、B、 C、 D四个选项中,选出适当的句子完成对话。(5分)

  A: Hello, This is Bill speaking.

  B: Hi, Bill. It’s Henry here.

  A: _____56_____

  B: Not much. I’m just watching TV.

  A: Do you want to go to the zoo with me this afternoon?

  B: Sounds good. ____57__

  A: I like pandas, tigers and elephants.

  B: 58 Let’s see the pandas first.

  A: No problem. How can we get to the zoo?

  B: 59

  A: 60

  B: Let’s meet at the zoo at 3:00 pm.

  A: OK. See you then.

  56. A. Do you exercise everyday? B. What do you usually do on weekends ?

  C. What time do you exercise? D. What are you doing?

  57. A. What animals do you like? B. Do you like pandas?

  C. Why do you like animals? D. Where do you go?

  58. A. I don’t like pandas. B. I like pandas, too.

  C. I think it is scary. D. I don’t want to go to the zoo.

  59. A. Of course. B. I don’t like them.

  C. We can get there by bus. D. It takes about 20 minutes.

  60. A. What time do we meet? B. What about meeting at 3:00 pm?

  C. When do you go to bed? D. What do you think of it?

  V. 完形填空 阅读下面短文,从每题A、B、C、D四个选项中,选出一个能填入文章中相应空白处的最佳答案。(10分)

  Jennifer White is a school bus driver.This is the 61 of Jennifer.

  Jennifer gets up and gets dressed at 6:00 in the morning. She eats breakfast with her family at

  6:40. There are four people in her family—Jennifer,her husband(丈夫),and their 62 children. Jennifer 63 takes a shower in the morning. She only washes her face and 64 her teeth after breakfast.

  At 7:30 a.m. Jennifer sends the 65 to school. Then she 66 the school bus, “I often find lots of things in the bus. There are pencils,books,rulers and so on!” says Jennifer. Jennifer thinks her work is not 67 .She has much time to do other things. She likes it.

  Jennifer gets home at 5:00 in the afternoon. She 68 dinner for her family. She eats fruit and vegetables for dinner. After dinner,she usually 69 at 7:30. She either runs or takes a walk. Jennifer usually goes to 70 at 9:00. She has a very healthy life.

  61. A. day B. week C. month D. year

  62. A. two B. three C. four D. five

  63. A. always B. also C. never D. really

  64. A. makes B. finds C.brushes D.needs

  65. A. doctors B. musicians C. children D. workers

  66. A. cleans B. watches C. takes D. sells

  67. A. interesting B. relaxing C. easy D. busy

  68. A. teaches B. eats C. makes D. uses

  69. A. exercises B. dances C. sings D. writes

  70. A. school B. work C. bed D. library

  VI. 阅读理解 阅读下列短文,从每题A、B、C、D 四个选项中,选出一个能回答所提问题或完成所给句子的最佳答案。(30分)

  A

  Hello, I’m Anna. How do you usually go to work?By bus?My family have different ways of going outside.

  My parents work in a hospital.The hospital is far from our home,so they go to work by car. The car ride takes about 45 minutes. My sister has a clothes store. It's about 2 kilometers from her store to our home. She goes there on foot every day. She thinks walking is good for health. My brother and I are midd le school students. We take the school bus to school. My brother thinks taking the school bus is boring,but I don't think so,because I can talk with my classmates on the bus. It gives me a lot of fun.I like every minute of it. What about your family?Do you have the same way of going outside or different?

  71.How many people are there in Anna’s family?

  A. Three. B. Four. C. Five. D. Six.

  72.Where does Anna’s father work?

  A. In a school. B. In a hospital. C. In a clothes store. D. In a supermarket.

  73.How far is it from Anna’s home to her sister’s store?

  A. Three kilometers. B. Five kilometers. C. One kilometer. D. Two kilometers.

  74.How does Anna’s brother get to school?

  A. Drive a car. B. Ride his bike. C. Take the school bus. D. Walk.

  75.Why does Anna like taking the school bus to school?

  A. Because she doesn’t have a bike.

  B. Because she thinks it is boring.

  C. Because she is lazy.

  D. Because she can talk with her classmates on the bus.

  B

  My name is Molly. I work in a library. Here are the rules of the library.

  ▲ Don't bring any bags into the reading room.

  ▲ Don't eat in the reading room.

  ▲ Keep quiet in the library. Don't answer the phone in the reading room.

  ▲ You can borrow three books at one time and you can keep them for one month.

  ▲ You should keep the books clean.

  ▲ If you lose the books,you must pay for them.

  My name is Amy. I am a student. Here are the rules in my school.

  ▲ Don't be late for class.

  ▲ Don't eat in class.

  ▲ Don't fight.

  ▲ Don't run in the hallways.

  ▲ Wear the school uniform on school days.

  ▲ Don’t listen to music in class.

  ▲ Don’t wear a hat in class.

  76. What can Peter do when Peter goes to the library?

  A. He can eat apples in the reading room.

  B. He can borrow three books at one time

  C. He can take his bag into the reading room

  D. He can answer the phone in the reading room

  77. How long can Jack keep the books borrowed from the library?

  A. A month. B. Half an hour. C. One day. D. A week.

  78. The underlined words “pay for” mean “________” in Chinese.

  A.归还 B.出示 C.出售 D.赔偿

  79. Amy tells us ________rules in her school.

  A. Five. B. Six. C. Seven. D. Eight.

  80. Which of the following is TRUE?

  A.Amy can run in the hallways at school.

  B.Amy can't talk with her classmates in class.

  C.Amy wears the school uniform on school days..

  D.Molly is a student and follows the rules of the library.

  C

  Jeff has a pet. It's a dog. It is white. Jeff likes it very much. He thinks the dog is very smart. It can play ball games and it can buy newspapers for Jeff. Every morning,Jeff puts one dollar into the dog's mouth and it goes to the shop to buy newspapers for Jeff.

  Jeff has a good friend Mark. Jeff tells Mark about his smart dog. Mark doesn't believe it. Today,Mark comes to see Jeff in the morning. Jeff is playing with his dog. Mark says,“I will give your dog money. I don't think it can buy newspapers.”

  “Have a try(试一下).” says Jeff.

  Then Mark puts money into the dog's mouth and the dog walks out. After ten minutes,the dog doesn't come back. After an hour,the dog doesn't come back.

  “How much money do you give the dog?”asks Jeff.

  “Five dollars.”

  “Well,if(假如) it has five dollars,it will go to the movies.” says Jeff.

  81. What can Jeff’s dog do?

  A. Sing songs. B. Buy newspapers. C. Sleep all day. D. Draw well.

  82. What is Jeff doing when Mark comes to see him?

  A. He is watching a movie. B. He is eating breakfast.

  C. He is buying a newspaper. D. He is playing with his dog.

  83. How much money does Mark give the dog?

  A. Five dollars. B. Four dollars. C. Three dollars. D. Two dollars.

  84. What can we know from the passage?

  A. The dog isn't smart.

  B. The dog is black and white..

  C. The dog takes money with its mouth.

  D. The dog gets up early in the morning.

  85. Which of the following is TRUE?

  A. The dog doesn't like Mark.

  B. Mark comes to see Jeff in the afternoon.

  C. The dog doesn't come back with newspapers today.

  D. Mark is Jeff's classmate and he loves dogs very much.

  第Ⅱ卷(非选择题 共40分)

  VII. 选词填空(10分)

  A. 阅读短文,从方框中选择适当的单词填空。(每词限用一次)

  Parents have a new way to help their sick(生病的) children—they can take them to see dolphins. These (86)____________________ animals like to swim and play,and they look friendly. Children (87)____________________very happy when they see them. It's good for their health. Dolphins live (88)____________________ water like fish. And they like to live together. The baby dolphin usually lives for a long time with (89)__________________ fa mily,about ten to fifteen years. They help each other and have a happy (90)__________________.

  B.阅读短文,从方框中选择适当的动词,并用其适当形式填空。有的需要加助动词或不定式符号 (每词限用一次)。

  think be make play sing

  It is Sunday today. The Browns are at home now. Mrs. Brown (91)_______________ some cakes. They always taste good and her family like them very much. Mr. Brown is sitting on the sofa and reading a book. Mr. Brown likes history and he (92) _________________the book is very interesting. Mr. Brown’s son,Jim,is in the garden with his friend Bob. They are playing with Jim's pet dog. The dog is cute. It can (93)____________________with balls. Where are Mr. Brown's two daughters? Anna is in her room. She is very good at (94)__________________. She practices it every day. What is Sue doing?She is dancing. She wants (95)__________________ a dancer in the future.

  VIII. 改写句子 按括号中的要求完成改写后的句子,每个空格填一个单词。(5分)

  96. Jenny is cleaning the house now. (改为否定句)

  Jenny___________ ____________the house now.

  97. She often does her homework after dinner.(改为一般疑问句)

  ___________she often ____________ her homework after dinner?

  98. It’s about 400 kilometers from Jinan to Beijing.(对划线部分提问)

  _____________ ______________ is it from Jinan to Beijing?

  99. Mr. Green goes to work at seven forty-five in the morning. (改写句子,句意不变)

  Mr. Green goes to work at a ___________ __________ eight in the morning.

  100. You can’t kill elephants for their ivory. (改为祈使句)

  ______________ ______________ elephants for their ivory.

  IX. 完成句子 根据汉语句意完成英语句子,每个空格填一个单词。(5分)

  101. 我很高兴和你们交朋友。

  I'm very happy to __________ ___________ with you.

  102. 在学校和我家之间有一个大型超市。

  There is a big supermarket ___________ the school ____________ my home.

  103. 不要忘记明天去动物园。

  _____________ _____________ to go to the zoo tomorrow.

  104. 你的父母对你要求严格吗?

  _____________ your parents _____________ with you?

  105. 王平希望能吃上他妈妈包的美味的水饺。

  Wang Ping _____________ to have his mom’s ________________ dumplings.

  X.任务型阅读 (5分)根据短文内容,从短文后的七个选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。(5分)

  Most American shops are open five days a week. (106) __________________ American families usually have a two-day weekend, that is, Saturday and Sunday.

  (107) _____________________ Many families enjoy weekends together. They go shopping, go to the mountains or visit their friends. (108)__________________ Some American families play sports at the weekend. Running, playing volleyball and swimming are popular in summer. (109) _________________ Weekend is also a time for American families to work in their gardens or houses. (110)___________________ For most Americans, they are very busy on weekends.?

  A. Some families fix their cars or clean their houses on weekends.

  B. American school children go to school five days a week, too.

  C. At the weekend, people spend their time in many different ways.

  D. It takes them about two hours to get to work.

  E. Skiing and skating are their favorite winter sports.

  F. They also have a party at home.

  G. What about going to the movies?

  106. __________ 107. __________ 108. ___________ 109. ___________ 110._________

  XI. 书面表达(15分)

  假如你是Sarah,Peter 是你的美国网友。他最近发给你一封电子邮件,询问你的个人情况。请根据以下提示,给他回一封电子邮件。

  内容:1. 你的爱好和特长;

  2. 你的日常生活习惯(至少两条);

  3.你的主要上学方式以及原因;

  4. 你的校规或家规(至少两条);

  5. 你喜欢的动物及喜欢的理由。

  要求:1. 80词左右,开头和结尾已给出,不计入总词数;

  2. 书写工整、规范。

  Dear Peter,

  Thanks for your e-mail, I’m very happy to tell you something about myself.

  ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

  __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________

  Sarah

  七年级阶段性检测英语试题

  I. 听力测试

  1—5 ABBCA 6—10 CABBC 11—15ABABC 16—20 BAABA

  II. 读音选词

  21—25 DBDAA

  III. 选择填空

  26—30 CACDA 31—35 BDDAC 36—40 CDDBA

  41—45 DCDDA 46—50 CADBB 51—55 CDDBC

  IV. 补全对话

  56—60 DABCA

  V. 完形填空

  61—65 AACCC 66—70 ADCAC

  VI. 阅读理 解

  71—75 CBDCD 76—80 BADCC 81—85 BDACC

  VII. 选词填空

  86. cute 87. feel 88. in 89. its 90. life

  91. is making 92. thinks 93. play 94. singing 95. to be

  VIII. 改写句子

  96. isn’t cleaning 97. Does, do 98. How far

  99. quarter to 100. Don’t kill

  IX. 完成句子

  101. make friends 102. between, and 103. Don’t forget

  104. Are strict 105. wishes, delicious

  X.任务型阅读

  106—110 BCFEA

  XI. 书面表达

  略

  附 听力材料

  一、1. Lisa wants to join the chess club.

  2. What time do you usually take a shower?

  3. I sometimes go to school on foot.

  4. We have to be quiet in the library.

  5. Tom likes giraffes because they are beautiful.

  二、6. — Are you playing basketball?

  — Yes, I am.

  7. — Why don’t you like lions?

  — Because they are really scary.

  8. — Does your uncle ride his bike to work every day?

  — Yes, he does.

  9. — Let’s meet at my home first. Come at half past seven.

  — OK. See you then.

  10. — What club does Lisa want to join?

  — She wants to join the music club. She is good at playing the violin.

  三、M: Hey, Jane.

  W: Hey, Steve.

  M: Is this your new bike?

  W: Yes. I ride it to school every day. How do you get to school?

  M: I usually take the bus.

  W: How far is it from your home to school?

  M: It’s about fifteen kilometers. How long does it take you to get to school?

  W: About twenty minutes by bike.

  M: Do you like riding the bike to school?

  W: Yes. It’s good exercise.

  M: Yes, you are right. Let’s go to the library by bike next week.

  W: Sounds good. See you then.

  M: See you.

  Questions:

  11. How does Jane go to school?

  12. How far is it from Dave’s home to school?

  13. How long does it take Jane to get to school?

  14. Does Jane like her trip to school?

  15. What are they going to do next week?

  四、Hello, boys and girls. My name is Wu Dong. It is Saturday today, but we are in the classroom. Look!Our English teacher is talking with some students. What are we doing?We are having a party in the classroom. Now, Linda is singing an English song. Who is playing the piano?Oh, it's Laura. She has two piano lessons every week, and she can play the piano very well. June and Emma are dancing. They like dancing very much. Who is sitting on the chair?That's Zhang Chen, our English teacher's son. He is only six years old. He is eating an apple. Why are we having a party?Today is Steve's birthday. His parents work in South Africa, they can’t come back, so we have a party for him. Steve looks very happy.

  Questions:

  16. Where is Wu Dong?

  17. How many piano lessons does Laura have every week?

  18. What is Emma doing?

  19. Who is Zhang Chen?

  20. Where do Steve’s parents work?

       七年级英语下期中试卷参考

  一、 听力( 本题有 15 小题,1-10 小题每题 1 分,11-15 小题每题 2 分,共 20 分)

  第一节:听对话,选择正确的选项。

  ( ) 1. How does her father go to work?

  A. By bus B. By car C. By bike

  ( ) 2. What is Jack going to be when he grows up?

  A. A cook. B. A nurse. C. A policeman.

  ( ) 3. What will the boy do tomorrow?

  A. He’ll do his homework. B. He’ll go to work. C. He’ll do his housework.

  ( ) 4. Where does the boy have lunch?

  A. In the restaurant. B. At home. C. At school.

  ( ) 5. 10.When is the man’s birthday?

  A. On April 30 th . B. On May 1 st . C. On May 2 nd .

  第二节:听两段对话,每段对话后有 2 至 3 个问题,请从 A,B,C 三个选项中选择正确的答案。

  听下面一段对话,完成 6 至 7 小题。

  ( ) 6. What club is the boy in?

  A. In the dancing club. B. In the drawing club. C. In the singing club.

  ( ) 7. How often does the boy go to the club?

  A. Every day. B. Twice a week. C. Three times a week.

  听第二段长对话,完成 8 至 10 小题。

  ( ) 8. What kind of movies does the man like?

  A. Action movies B. Beijing Opera C. documentaries

  ( ) 9. Who is his favorite actor?

  A. Jackie Chan B. Jet Li C. Rowan Atkinson

  ( )10. What does he think of Beijing Opera?

  A. Interesting B. Boring C. Great

  第三节,听短文,回答第 11-15 小题。

  ( )11. Where does Jim live?

  A. In New York. B. In Paris. C. In London.

  ( )12. How many people are there in Jim's family?

  A. Three. B. Four. C. Five.

  ( )13. How does Jim's father go to work?

  A. On foot. B. By bike. C. By bus.

  ( )14. Where do Jim's parents talk with their friends?

  A. In the living room. B. On the balcony. C. In the garden.

  ( )15. What's TRUE about Jim' s flat?

  A. It's in the centre of the city. B. It is big with two bedrooms.

  C. It's small with no gardens.

  第 2 页 共 5 页

  笔试 部分(8 80 0 分)

  二、 完形填空(本题有 10 小题,每小题 1 分,共 10 分)

  Fred is a bus driver. He always drives the number 14 bus. Fred’s bus goes___16___ the shopping mall

  on High Street to the park on Queen Street, then __17____ to the shopping mall. Fred ___18____ work at

  six o’ clock every morning. ___19___ bus leaves the shopping mall at ten past six. Fred is sometimes

  ___20___ to work. When he is early, he sits in his bus and __21____ the newspaper until it’s time to go.

  Fred always stops for ___22___ on the bus because he has to finish work at three o’clock in the afternoon.

  He doesn’t go home by bus. He __23___! He thinks it’s really good for his health. Fred loved his __24___

  because he can meet different people every day. And he is very ___25__. So the people who travel on

  Fred’s bus like Fred very much.

  ( ) 16. A. to B. from C. on D. at

  ( ) 17. A. back B. go C. come D. drive

  ( ) 18. A. does B. goes C. starts D. finishes

  ( ) 19. A. Her B. Its C. Their D. His

  ( ) 20. A. late B. busy C. tired D. early

  ( ) 21. A. watches B. looks C. reads D. tells

  ( ) 22. A. breakfast B. lunch C. dessert D. dinner

  ( ) 23. A. drives B. walks C. dances D. sings

  ( ) 24. A. bus B. home C. bus stop D. job

  ( ) 25. A. bored B. heavy C. sad D. friendly

  三、 阅读理解(本题有 15 小题,每小题 2 分,共 30 分)

  A

  Are you good with children? Do you like children? Do you have time in the afternoon?

  We need a babysitter for our son. He’s five years old. The working time is from Monday to Friday, 3:00

  p.m. to 6:00 p.m.: pay(薪水) is$ 5 an hour.

  We need help with: Looking after our son, reading to him, playing with him.

  You must work at our house. We live in Fourth Road, near Huaxing Clothes Store. Please call Mr.

  Wang at 010-58899333.

  ( )26. The underlined word “babysitter” in the first paragragh means _________.

  A. 婴儿 B. 售货员 C. 临时保姆 D. 前台服务员

  ( )27. The babysitter must work________.

  A. at the babysitter’s house B. at Miss Wang’s school

  C. at Mr. Wang’s house D. at Huaxing Clothes Store

  ( )28. How much can the babysitter get in a week?

  A. $15 B. $60 C. $75 D. $105

  B

  When you are in England. You must be very careful (小心) in the streets because the traffic (交通) goes

  on the left. Before you cross the street, you must look at the right first and then the left. If the traffic lights

  are red, the traffic must stop. Then the people on foot can cross the road. If the lights are green, the traffic

  can go and people on foot mustn't cross. In the morning and in the evening when people go to or come

  back from work, the streets are very busy. The traffic is the most dangerous then.

  第 3 页 共 5 页

  When you go by bus in England, you have to be careful, too. You must always remember the traffic

  moves on the left. So you must be careful. Have a look first or (否则) you'll go the wrong way. In many

  English cities, there are big buses with two floors. You can sit on the second floor. From there you can see

  the city very well. That'll be very interesting.

  ( )29. When you are in England, you must remember that_______.

  A. there are not any traffic lights B. the traffic moves on the left

  C. people ride bikes on the right D. people can’t walk on the road

  ( )30. Before you cross a street in England, you must look at ______ first.

  A. the left B. the right C. the front D. the back

  ( )31. The traffic must stop when the traffic lights are________.

  A. red B. green C. yellow D. black

  ( )32. Which is the best title of this passage?

  A. Buses in England B. Traffic in England

  C. Traveling in England D. Traffic Lights in England

  C

  Going to work by car is getting more expensive today because the petrol(汽油)is getting more

  expensive(贵).People are looking for a cheaper way of transportation and they find out that it is a good

  choice(选择) to ride bikes to work.More and more return to bikes.

  Children often go to school by bike.But now more people are going to work by bike, too. “The bike

  is easy to use,”says Molly,“and it is also very cheap. It’s a good choice for those who do business(生

  意) like me.You can buy thirty bikes for the price of a small car. A bike doesn’t use expensive petrol.”

  Mr.Brown goes to his hospital by bike every day. He says,“A bike doesn’t cost so much money, and

  most families can have two or more bikes. Bike riding is good for our health. Today most people get fat

  because they don’t get enough exercise. So I tell all my patients(病人) to buy bikes. Besides, in big

  cities it’s usually quicker to travel by bike than by bus or car. Car drivers can do nothing but get angry

  when there is a traffic jam(有交通阻塞).

  ( )33. Some people don’t want to drive to work because_________.

  A. cars are getting more expensive B. the petrol is getting more expensive

  C. cars are difficult to take care of D. the traffic becomes bad

  ( )34. The underlined phrase “returns to bikes” in the first paragragh means “ _______”.

  A. begin to ride bikes again B. give bikes back to their owners(主人)

  C. begin to buy bikes D. sell their bikes to others

  ( )35. From the passage, we can know Molly is a _______.

  A. teacher B. doctor C. student D. businesswoman

  ( )36. According to Mr. Brown, bike riding is good for us mainly in _____ aspects(方面).

  A. two B. three C. four D. five

  D

  Here is some information(信息) about some people.

  ★I am a math teacher. I teach math very well. Do you need help with your math?Call me at 679-

  8840.(Mr. Brown)

  ★I lost my blue bag. It's from my mom and I like it very much. Did you find my bag?Please call me

  第 4 页 共 5 页

  at 777-8953.(Lucy)

  ★I like playing the violin,but I can't play it well. Can you help me?My phone number is 235-

  7765.(Joan)

  ★Do you like reading?I have many old books and the books are free. Call me at 658-0034.(Mark)

  Here is some information on today's newspaper.

  ▲FOUND

  A blue bag. I found it in the library. My name is Sue. Please call me at 889-0764.

  ▲JOB

  Are you good at math?Are you good with kids?We need a math teacher at our middle school. My

  name is Nick. My e-mail is nick@gmail.com.

  ▲MUSIC CLUB

  Do you want to be a musician?Do you want to learn how to play the piano and the violin well?

  Come to our club. Only 20 yuan for one lesson. Call Susan at 776-9898.

  ▲BOOKS NEEDED

  We want to build a library for the kids in a small village. We need many books. Please call Mr. Han at

  458-2217.

  ( )37.If you need help with your math,you can ________.

  A.call Mr. Brown B.call 777-8953

  C.see Mr. Brown at his school D.write an e-mail to Mr. Brown

  ( )38.From the passage,we can learn Lucy ________.

  A.lost her mom's bag B.can call Sue for her bag

  C.bought a bag for her mom D.found a bag in the library

  ( )39.If Joan wants to have six violin lessons in the music club,she needs to pay ________yuan.

  A.60 B.80 C.100 D.120

  ( )40. Which of the following is TRUE?

  A.Lucy's phone number is 679-8840.

  B.Joan can play the violin very well.

  C.You can learn how to play the drums in the music club.21cnjy.com

  D.If Mr. Brown wants to work at Nick's school,he can write an e-mail to Nick.

  四、 单词拼写(本题有 15 小题,每小题 1 分,共 15 分)

  A.用方框中所给的单词的适当形式填空。

  41. Can your sister ______ the story in English?

  42. Linda is an English girl, but she _______ Chinese well.

  43. I always brush my ______ after dinner.

  44. It takes us ten minutes ______ the salad.

  45. Don’t talk with him. He is _______ a car.

  B. 句型转换(10 分)

  46. Ruth comes from New York. (同义句) Ruth________ __________ New York.

  47. What’s the weather like today ? _____ _____ the weather today ?

  48. Many people are in the room. They are dancing .(合并为一句)

  tooth drive tell make speak

  第 5 页 共 5 页

  Many people__________ __________in the room .

  49.Tom is studying now .( 划线部分提问)________ _________ studying now .

  50. They have an English class every day. (用 now 替换 every day )

  They________ _________ an English class now.

  五、 语法填空(本题有 10 小题,每小题 1 分,共 10 分)

  Hello! My name’s Lin Min. My sister Lin Li is a teacher, _______(51) she isn’t in Beijing with us. She

  works at a small ________(52) in Yushu in Qinghai. She (53)________(work) hard. _________(54)

  breakfast every morning, she goes to four of her students’ (55) _________(home) and brings them to

  school. They have lunch at school. During the lunch time, my sister (56)______(tell) them about family,

  friends, life and love. The students like to listening to (57)______(she) very much. After school, she takes

  the four students _______(58) their homes. In the evening, my sister doesn’t watch TV or play computer

  games. After dinner, she checks(检查) her students’ homework. She goes to bed _____(59) 22:00. My

  sister’s life is all about her (60) ________(student). I think she is a great teacher. Do you think so?

  六、 任务型阅读(本题有 5 小题,每小题 1 分,共 5 分)

  根据表格中的有关信息将 61-65 句子补充完整。

  Place Tourist sports Transport Cost (each person

  每人)

  Things to take

  Beijing The Great Wall

  The Forbidden

  City

  train 1,000yuan Sunglasses

  Water, maps

  Money,

  cameras(照相机)

  Shangdong Mount Tai,

  Baotu Spring

  bus 1,500yuan Cameras, money,

  Maps, backpacks,

  raincoats

  Yunnan Kunming,

  Dali, Lijiang

  plane 2,500yuan Cameras,

  sunglasses,

  Maps, umbrellas,

  money

  61. We can travel to Yunnan by_____.

  62-63.In all these trips, you should take maps, _____ and ______.

  64. If three people in your family plan to Shangdong, they will pay(付款)___________.

  65. The form(表格) is about ___________.

  七、 写作(本题共 10 分)

  请根据提示,给你的朋友海伦写一封邮件,告诉他有关你的学校生活及现在具备哪些能力。

  1. 每天早起早睡,按时上学,完成家庭作业。

  2. 每天走着去上学,不仅能锻炼身体,还有利于环保。

  3. 每天放学后,我经常和朋友一起打篮球。周末,我还去俱乐部练钢琴。

  ________________________________________________________________________________

  6 2016 学年第二学期期中学业检 测 七 英语 听力材料

  第一节 听对话回答问题 ,每段对话仅读一遍。

  1. W: How does your father go to work every day?

  M: By bike. His office is not far from our home.

  2. M: What are you going to be when you grow up, Jack?

  W: I want to be a cook.

  3. W: Will you be free tomorrow?

  M: I’m afraid not. I’ll have a lot of homework to do.

  4. W: Do you have lunch at home?

  M: No, my parents don't come home for lunch.

  My home is just next to a restaurant and I usually have lunch there.

  5. W: I hear today is your birthday.

  M: No, tomorrow is my birthday. It’s May Day today.

  第二节 听对话 回答问题。 你将听到 两段,每段对话读两遍。

  听 第 一段对话,回答第 6-7 小题。

  W: Are there any community centres in your neighbourhood?

  M: Yes, there is one.

  W: Do you like it?

  M: Yes. We can have lots of fun and get many skills there.

  W: So there are many clubs in it, right?

  M: That's true. I'm in the drawing club.

  W: How often do you go there?

  M: Three times a week.

  听第二段对话,回答 8 至 10 三小题。

  W: Do you want to go to a movie?

  M: Yes,I do.

  W: And what kind of movies do you like?

  M: I like Chinese action movies. And my favorite actor is Jet Li.

  W: Do you like Beijing Opera?

  M: No, I don’t. But I think it’s great.

  W: Do you like comedies?

  M: Yes, I do. They are funny.

  第三节,听 短文,回答第 11-15 小题。 短文读两遍。

  Hi, my name is Jim. I'm a boy in London. I live with my parents and my brother in a flat.

  Our flat is 2 miles away from the center of the city. My father goes to work by bus from Monday to

  Friday. At the weekend, he often takes me to the beach.

  Our flat has three bedrooms. There is a bed-room for my mother and father, one for me and the other

  for my brother. There is a living room. My parents talk with their friends there. In summer, before going to

  bed, we usually have a bath in the bathroom. We do not have a garden, but there is a small balcony. There

  are some flowers on the balcony. In summer, we often sit on the balcony because it gets very hot in the flat.

  第 8 页 共 5 页

  Our flat is small, but we are very happy in it.

  参考答案

  1-5 CAAAC 6-10 BCABC 11-15 CBCAC

  16-20 BACDD 21-25 CBBDD

  26-30 CCCBB 31-35 ACBAD 36-40 BABDD

  41-45 tell, speaks, teeth, to make, driving

  46. is from 47. How is 48. are dancing 49. Who is 50. is having

  51-55. but, school, works, After, homes 56-60 tells, her, to, at, students

  61. plane/air 62. money/cameras 63. cameras/ money 64. 6500yuan 65. travel


春季学期七年级英语期中试卷相关文章:

1.七年级下册英语期中试卷及答案

2.七年级下册英语期中试卷及答案人教版

3.七年级上英语Unit1测试题附答案

4.七年级英语下册期末试卷及答案

5.七年级英语上册期中测试题带答案

初一级英语下学期期中试卷



  积极记忆初中课本中出现的生词及词组,理解其用法,并适当运用一些正、反义词对比,相似词对比等方式加强记忆,今天小编就给大家来参考一下七年级英语,要多学习哦

  初一级英语下册期中试卷

  第一卷 选择题(共85分)

  一、听力测试(每小题1分, 满分20分)

  第一部分 听对话回答问题 本部分共有10道小题,每小题你将听到一段对话,每段对话听两遍。(10分)

  ( ) 1. How can the man get to Sunshine Restaurant after crossing the bridge?

  A. B . C .

  ( ) 2. What does Millie’s uncle do?

  A. B. C.

  ( ) 3. What’s Lily’s favourite room in her house?

  A. B. C.

  ( ) 4. Where would Sam like to go?

  A B C

  ( ) 5.Where are they talking?

  A. In a school B. In a hospital C. In a shopping mall.

  ( ) 6.What colour is Jim’s box?

  A. Red B. Brown C. Black

  ( )7.Where does the man find the wallet?

  A. On the grass B. In the library C. On the playground

  ( ) 8.How will the man get to Apple Theatre?

  A. By taxi B. On foot C. By bike

  ( ) 9.Whose birthday is it tomorrow?

  A. Millie’s B. Simon’s C. Sandy’s

  ( )10. What’s in the woman’s bag?

  A. Some photos. B. Some money. C. Some cards

  第二部分 听对话和独白回答问题(10分)

  你将听到一段对话和两段独白,听两遍。

  听一段对话,回答11—12小题。

  ( ) 11. Where is Mary now?

  A. At school B. On her way to the zoo C. At home

  ( ) 12.What does the man want to do?

  A. Chat with Mary B. Eat with her C. Give a book to Mary

  听第一段独白,回答第13—15小题。请根据短文内容,选择正确答案,完成信息记录表。

  A sports meeting

  Animals Activities

  A horse ,a cat and a panda running

  A dog and two tigers 13 in the grass

  Two monkeys climbing up the trees

  Five birds 14

  The elephants 15 under a big tree

  A fox sitting in the tree

  ( )13.A.walking B. eating C. jumping

  ( )14.A.flying around B. standing on the ground C. singing in the tree

  ( )15.A.drinking B. dancing C. standing

  听第二段独白,回答16-20小题

  ( )16. The Greens come from __________.

  A. England B. the USA C. Canada

  ( )17. The Greens are going to stay in China for _________.

  A. about a month B. a week C. a year

  ( )18. Mrs. Green is very interested(兴趣) in __________ .

  A. Chinese pictures B. cars C. Chinese schools

  ( )19. Mr. Green may work __________ in America.

  A. on a farm B. in a factory(工厂) C. in a school

  ( )20. Where are they going after they visit Shanghai? They are going _______.

  A. to England B. to Zhejiang C. to Suzhou

  二、单项选择题(每小题1分, 满分20分)

  ( )21. The man is American officer. He is going to Beijing, capital of China.

  A. the; a B. a; the C. an; the D. a; a

  ( )22. people watched the game last month.

  A. Two million of B. Two millions of C. Two million D. Two millions

  ( )23. There’s with his legs. He can walk by himself.

  A. nothing wrong B. wrong nothing C. something wrong D. wrong something

  ( )24. —I hope you ____________to my birthday party tomorrow.

  —OK, I___________.

  A. come, do B. to come, will C. can come, will D. will come, do

  ( )25. —_____the people here______?

  —They are kind and helpful. They ________ a big family.

  A. What; like; like B. What’re; like; are like

  C. How are; like; like D. How are; /; like

  ( )26.―__________ is it from Sunshine Town to the center of Beijing?

  ―It’s about 20 kilometers ________ our school.

  A. How long; far from B. How long; away from

  C. How far; away from D. How far; far away from

  ( )27.―Bob, can you say the number 2,307,018.

  ―Yes, I can. It’s .

  A. Two million three hundred and seven thousand and eighteen

  B. Two million and three hundred and seven thousand and eighteen

  C. Two million three hundred and seven thousands and eighteen

  D. Two million three hundred and seven thousand eighteen

  ( )28. —Mike lives on the _____floor. I live two floors _____ him.

  A. nineth; under B. ninth; under C. nineth; below D. ninth; below[来源( )29. There ________ a football match on the playground in 3 days .

  A. will have B. will be C. is D. is gong to have

  ( )30. The young girl teaches English and also a friend of .

  A. their; them B. them; theirs C. their; theirs D. them; their

  ( )31. The police _________ the whole house but didn’t find any clues(线索).

  A. searched for B. looked C. found out D. searched

  ( )32. — Would you like cakes? They are so delicious. — , I'm full.

  A. more two;Yes,please B. another two;No, thanks

  C. two more;I'd like to D.two another;No, thanks

  ( )33.We would like you and we look forward you.

  A. to come; to see B. come; to seeing C. come; to see D. to come; to seeing

  ( )34.The man owns a big house nine rooms.

  A.1.78 meters tall; with B. 1.78-meter-tall; has

  C. 1.78-meters-tall; has D. 1.78-meter-tall; with

  ( )35.Japan is the east of China and Hainan is the south of China.

  A. in; in B. to; to C. on; in D. to; in

  ( )36.The little girl painted one side of the paper green but _________ side black.

  A. the other B. the others C. another D. other

  ( )37.—I’m sorry I left my football at home.

  —That’s all right. Remember _______ it here tomorrow.

  A. to take B. to bring C. bringing D. taking

  ( )38."Take this medicine and it will help you______ better soon," the nurse says to

  the_____ boy.[来源:学科网]

  A. feel; ill B. to feel; sick C. feel; sick D. to feel; ill

  ( )39. — Whose bedroom is this ? — It’s .

  A. Jane and Mary’s B. Jane’s and Mary

  C. Jane’s and Mary’s D. Jane and Mary

  ( )40. — Your father is working, so ask your brother .

  — OK, Mum.

  A. don’t make any sound B. doesn’t make any sound

  C. not making any sound D. not to make any sound

  三、完形填空(每小题1分,满分15分)

  Mrs. White likes 41 .She seems short and thin, but she is stronger than any one of her workmates. 42 husband likes drinking and spends much money on it. She has to work hard to buy enough food for her 43 .

  Her 30th birthday is coming. Her 44 has little money to buy an(a) 45 present for her. He has to buy a cheap necklace(项链) and gives it 46 her .

  This evening, after the Whites have supper, Mrs. White goes to the 47 to buy some bread for the next breakfast. At a street corner a young man rushes out and 48 to rob(抢劫) her 49 her necklace. She catches him to stop him doing that. The young man has to 50 as quickly as he can. Several minutes later a 51 comes and says, “Could you tell 52 character(特征) the young man has, madam? We’ll try our best to 53 him.”

  “ 54 , sir,” says Mrs. White. “He robbed me of my necklace but I robbed him of his. Mine is 55 glass but his is made of gold.”

  ( )41. A. sports B. climbing C. dancing D. swimming

  ( )42. A. She’s B. Her C. Hers D. His

  ( )43. A. friends B. family C. father D. sister

  ( )44. A. parents B. children C. friends D. husband

  ( )45. A. expensive B. nice C. good D. beautiful

  ( )46. A. to B. for C. with D. of

  ( )47. A. house B. shop C. street D. kitchen

  ( )48. A. helps B. is glad C. want D. tries

  ( )49. A. around B. of C. from D. on

  ( )50. A. walk B. rob C. go D. run away

  ( )51. A. girl B. policeman C. student D. doctor

  ( )52. A. what B. how C. which D. whose

  ( )53. A. look for B. beat(打败) C. catch D. hit(打)

  ( )54. A. That’s OK B. Never mind C. You’re welcome D. That’s right

  ( )55. A. made of B. made with C. out of D. into

  四、 阅读短文,根据其内容,选择最佳选项(每小题2分,满分30分)

  A

  Welcome to Sunshine Zoo

  Come and see elephants from Yunnan and tigers from India. African giraffes are waiting for you. Clever monkeys are funny. A few pandas you have never seen are waiting to meet you. In the zoo, you should keep the zoo clean. Do not feed or go near the animals. Do not bring your pet cats and dogs into the zoo.

  Tickets

  Grown-ups: 30 yuan Children: 20 yuan Under six: Free

  From Monday to Friday: 8:30 a.m. — 4:30p.m.

  Saturday and Sunday : 8:00 a.m. — 5:30 p.m.

  ( )56. Where do the giraffes in the zoo come from?

  A. America B. Australia C. India D. Africa

  ( )57. How many kinds of animals are talked about in the passage?

  A. Four B. Five C. Six D. Seven

  ( )58. Now Mr. And Mrs. Smith are going to the zoo with their fourteen-year-old son, how much will they pay for the tickets?

  A. 120 yuan B.160 yuan C. 200 yuan D. 80 yuan

  ( )59. Which of the following is the visiting time?

  A. 8.00 p.m. on Monday. B. 5:00p.m. on Tuesday

  C. 8.30 a.m. on Saturday D. 7:30p.m. on Sunday

  ( )60. What shouldn’t visitors do?

  A. Keep the zoo clean. B. Take a few nice photos.

  C. Throw the rubbish into the rubbish bin. D. Go near the animals.

  B

  New words: guard(门卫), by(不迟于)

  ( )61.Both of the two pictures are .

  A. birthday cards B. birthday party invitations

  C. Christmas party invitations D. notices of outside activities

  ( )62.Jack’s birthday party is going to be .

  A. in school B. at home C. in the park D. at the beach

  ( )63.When is Jack’s birthday party going to be?

  A. On August 8. B. On August 13.

  C. On November 2. D. On November 6.

  ( )64.Leo may be .

  A. Isabella’s father B. Isabella’s teacher C. Jack’s father D. Jack’s brother

  ( )65.According to the information above, Isabella is going to be years old.

  A.12 B. 13 C. 5 D. 6

  C

  I work as a volunteer for the poor in Haiti. I decided(决定) to take my son Brain there for a week, hoping to educate(教育) him.

  Before getting out, I told Brain this trip would be tiring and hard. For the first two days, he said almost nothing. Then on the third day, when we were climbing over high rocky mountains, he turned to me and smiled, “Really hard.”

  After that, a five-year-old girl, wearing a too large dress and broken shoes, followed Brain around. Later he said regretfully(遗憾地), “I wish I could speak French.” I was surprised that this was from a boy. He always hated French classes.

  One day, I was interviewing(采访) a woman villager for an article. By working hard, she had learned to read and write an d became part of the leadership(领导层) of the village. That really touched my heart.

  Learning her story, Brain was greatly touched. His eyes were wet and there was love and respect(尊重) on his face. He finally understood the importance of my work. When leaving for home, Brain even offered(提出) to stay in as a volunteer. This trip was very meaningful.

  ( )66. Why did the writer take his son to Haiti?

  A. Because they wanted to take a trip there.

  B. Because the writer wanted to educate his son.

  C. Because his son wanted to help the poor there.

  D. Because they wanted to visit a friend there.

  ( )67. Why was the writer surprised about his son?

  A. Because his son wished to speak French.

  B. Because a little girl liked his son.

  C. Because his son said nothing about the hard trip.

  D. Because his son wanted to talk with the little girl.

  ( )68. What does the underlined word “touched” mean?

  A. 发生 B. 攻击 C. 感动 D. 到达

  ( )69. What did NOT the boy learn from this trip?

  A. To love and respect poor people. B. To be a good leader.

  C. To offer help to people in need. D. To be a kind and hard-working man.

  ( )70. What is the passage mainly about?

  A. A meaningful(有意义的) trip. B. How to be a volunteer.

  C. A story of a village leader. D. The importance of learning French.

  第二卷 非选择题(共65分)

  五、词汇运用(每小题1分,满分15分)

  A.根据句意和汉语提示写出单词,完成句子,每空一词。

  71.―Whose coat is it, David? ―Oh, it is one of the (工程师的) over there.

  72. I don’t know those (大学、学院) students. Can you tell me something about them?

  73. In the USA, People eat with (刀) and forks.

  74. If you want to know more about China’s history, you can find some _________(信息) on the Internet.

  75. In the story , many people hope to find lots of _________(宝藏)on the island.

  B.根据句意用所给的单词的适当形式填空。

  76. Hainan is in the ______(south) part of China.

  77. I'm not sure what ___________(happen) to him last night.

  78. Listen! Who _____________(play) the piano?

  79. Summer is the best season ____________(go) swimming and sailing.

  80. All the students stopped _________(talk) when their teacher came into the classroom.

  81. Could you please ___________(tell) me the way to the theatre?

  82. Tomorrow is my father’s (forty) birthday.

  83. ―Where does he come from? ―He comes from (French).

  84. I’m having a meeting now, I (call) you back later.

  85. Our teacher says that a lot of (visit) will come to our school next week.

  六、任务型阅读(每小题1分,满分10分)

  阅读下列短文,根据短中的信息完成文后表格。(每空一词)

  Your schooldays should be some of the best and happiest days of your life.How can you get the most from them, and be sure you do not waste this great chance to learn.

  Be positive about school!

  Don't say things are difficult or boring.Be interested in school life and your school subjects.Join in lots of activities.Be quick to put your hand up.Go around the school with a big smile.

  Keep fit.

  If you do not eat a good breakfast, you will think about food in class.If you go to bed late and do not have enough sleep, you will be sleepy in class.Play some sports to keep your body strong.

  Face the problem

  Do not say you will do things tomorrow.If you get behind the class, it is very difficult to get back in front.You cannot finish a race if you rest all the time.Everyone fails some tests, loses some matches and has bad days.Don't be afraid of them.You are young.No one thinks you can do everything very well!

  Spend the weekends

  Don’t waste time lying in bed on Saturday or Sunday morning.Go and play sports, get together with friends in the park to relax, learn to play the piano, or help someone with problem.If you don’t want to go out, there are also a lot of things to do.You may read a book, practice English or help Mum with housework.

  Follow my advice, and have a happy school life!

  86 to have a good school life

  Be active at school Be 87 in school life and school subjects.

  Join in lot of activities.

  Make yourself 88 every day.

  Keep fit Eat 89 every morning.

  Have enough 90 .

  Do some 91 every day.

  92 the problem Don’t put off what you can do today till 93 .

  Don’t give up if you fail.

  Remember not to 94 afraid of problems.

  Spend the weekends Get out with 95 or read or even help with the housework at home.

  Try to make your weekends colourful.

  七、阅读表达(根据短文内容回答问题,每题2分,满分10分)

  Many people do not like to stay at home on holiday. They want to do something exciting. So people from the country go to the city and people from the city go to the country for holidays. During the holidays, trains, buses and planes are all very busy. It’s very hard to buy train or air tickets. Many people take cars or buses for travelling.

  Last May Day my family went to the country by car for our holiday. There was too much traffic on the road, so we had to move very slowly. It took us about an hour to get out of the town. After some time, we came to a farm. It’s clean and beautiful. The animals were very lovely, we thought it was a nice place for a picnic, so we stopped and took the food, fruit and drinks out of the car. We sat down under a big tree and began to eat. Suddenly, a strong wind blew and soon it started to rain. We had to run back to our car and had our picnic in the car. Then we drove back home. What a bad trip it was!

  Answer the following questions with No More Than 4 Words.

  96.What do many people want to do on their holidays?

  __________________________________________________

  97.How did the writer’s family go for traveling last May Day?

  __________________________________________________

  98.How long did it take them to get out of the town?

  __________________________________________________

  99.How’s the farm in the country?

  __________________________________________________

  100.Where did the y have their picnic at last?

  __________________________________________________

  八、短文填空,根据短文内容及首字母提示填入所缺单词(每空1分,满分 10分)

  Mr. and Mrs. Xu are having a holiday in Rome. It’s their first time to have a t 101 in Italy. It’s sunny today. They are walking in the street.

  When they get to the t 102 lights, they stop and look around. There are many shops on the other side of the street . Mrs. Xu wants to buy some souvenirs(纪念品) . When the lights turn g 103 , they walk across the street and buy many good things in the shops. After that, they are h 104 . They want to have a big meal, so they ask a l 105 man how to get to the nearest restaurant. The man asks them to f 106 him because he is going to have a meal, too. O 107 the way, they talk a lot about the city. The man asks them, ‘‘Why don’t you take a bus?” They answer, “W 108 is very important. ” They walk

  a 109 the street for about ten minutes and see a restaurant. The restaurant is small but

  c 110 . The food is also very delicious. They enjoy the food and become friends after the meal.

  九、书面表达(本题满分20分)

  假如你是Tom, 想邀请好友Daniel 来你的新家,根据中文提示,用英语写一份邀请信。

  提示:1. 新家位于市中心,小区周围有饭馆、超市、银行。邻居们很友善。

  2. 在你家有很多事可做:可以... ...;还可以... ...

  3. 路线:乘坐112路公交车在中山站下;沿着人民路走,在第一个十字路口向右拐,会看见一家银行。你家就在银行隔壁。

  (要求:不要逐句翻译,包含所有要点,开头和结尾已给出)

  Dear Daniel,

  I would like to invite you to my new home. ___________________________________

  __________________________________________________________________________

  __________________________________________________________________________

  __________________________________________________________________________

  __________________________________________________________________________

  __________________________________________________. My home is next to the bank.

  I hope to see you at the party.

  Yours,

  Tom

  初一英语期中考试参考答案

  一、 听力(每题1分,共20分)

  第一部分 听对话回答问题 本部分共有10道小题,每小题你将听到一段对话,每段对话听两遍。(10分)

  1. M: How can I get to Sunshine Restaurant?[

  W: Go across the bridge and then turn left.

  2. M: Hi, Millie, what does your uncle do?

  W: He is a doctor in a hospital.

  3.M: Hi, Lily, which room do you like best?

  W: I like my bedroom best. Because I like sleeping in it.

  4. W: Sam, will you travel in the coming holiday?

  M: Yes, I will go to Paris to have a good time.

  5.W: Wha t can I do for you, sir?

  M: I want to buy a shirt and a pair of shoes.

  6.W: Hi, Jim .which is your box, the red one or the black one?

  M: No. Mine is brown.

  7. W: Do you see my wallet, Mr White?

  M: Oh , it’s there on the grass , between the library and the playground.

  8. M: Excuse me, but how can I get to Apple Theatre?

  W: You can take the No.4 Bus. You can also go there on foot. It will only take you ten minutes to walk there.

  M: I think I’ll walk there.

  9. M: Hi, Millie, would you like to go shopping with us tomorrow?

  W: Oh, sorry, Simon. I’d love to, but tomorrow I’ll go to my friend Sandy’s birthday party.

  10. W: Excuse me, sir, I can’t find my bag. My cards are all in it.

  M: Don’t worry , I can help you find it.

  第二部分 听对话和独白回答问题 (计10分, 每小题1分)

  你将听到一段对话和两段独白,听两遍。

  听一段对话,回答11—12小题。

  M: Hello, Mary. Where are you now?

  W: I am on my way to the zoo.

  M: When can you be back?

  W: I think I can be back at about 3 o’clock this afternoon.

  M: I’d like to have a chat with you when you are back.

  W: OK. Please wait for me.

  听第一段独白,回答第13—15小题。请根据短文内容,选择正确答案,完成 信息记录表。

  Spring is here again.It is a fine day today.Now it’s nine o’clock in the morning. There’s a sports meeting in the forest.Look,a horse,a cat and a panda are running.A dog and two tigers are jumping in the grass. Two monkeys are climbing up the trees.Five birds are flying around. The elephants are standing under a big tree.A monkey is sitting on an old elephant.A fox is sitting in the tree.Other animals are watching.

  听第二段独白,回答16-20小题

  The Greens are American. Now they are in Shanghai. It is their first time to visit China , and they are going to stay in China for a month. They want to see some nicest places in China. Mr. Green can drive well . He is going to drive to visit factories in Shanghai. Mrs. Green teaches English in a school in America. She is going to visit some Chinese schools and talk to the teachers there. Their son, Jack, wants to make a few Chinese friends. They are going to take a lot of pictures. They are going to show the pictures to their friends when they return to America . They hope more American people can know China. After a visit to Shanghai , they are going to see some places of interest in Hangzhou.

  1-5 BCCAC 6-10 BABCC 11-15 BACAC 16-20BACBB

  二、单项选择题

  21-25 CCACB 26-30 CADBB

  31-35 DBDDD 36-40 ABCAD

  三、完形填空

  41-45 ABBDA 46-50 ABDBD 51-55 BACBA

  四、阅读理解

  56-60 DBDCD 61-65 BDBAC 66-70 BACBA

  五、词汇运用

  A.71. engineers’ 72. college 73. knives 74. information 75. treasure

  B.76. southern 77. happened 78. is playing 79.to go 80. talking 81. tell 82. fortieth 83. France

  84. will call 85. visitors

  六、任务型阅读

  86. Ways/How 87. interested 88.happy/pleased 89.breakfast 90. sleep 91. sports/exercise

  92. Face 93.tomorrow 94. be 95. friends

  七、阅读表达

  96.(Do) Something exciting 97.By car

  98.About an hour

  99.Clean and beautiful

  100.In the car

  八、缺词填空

  101. trip 102. traffic 103. green 104. hungry 105. local

  106. follow 107. On 108. Walking 109. along 110. clean

  九、书面表达

  Dear Daniel,

  I would like to invite you to my new home. My new home is in the centre of the city./ There are restaurants, supermarkets and a bank around my neighbourhood./ My neighbours are friendly and kind./

  We have many things to do in my home. /We can have a big meal. /We can also enjoy films and play games./

  Let me tell you how to get to my home. /Take No.112 Bus and get off at Zhongshan Station. /Walk along People's Road, /turn right at the first crossing, and you'll see a bank. My home is next to the bank.

  I hope to see you at the party.

  Yours,

  Tom

  第二学期七年级英语下期中测试题

  第一部分 选择题(55分)

  一、听力(共20小题;每小题1分,计20分)

  A. 听下面10段对话。每段对话后有1道小题,从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项。(每段对话读两遍)

  ( )1. How can the woman get to the police station?

  A. B. C.

  ( )2. Which one is the man’s favourite?

  A. B. C.

  ( )3. What is Mike’s dream?

  A. B. C.

  ( )4. How can the woman get there?

  A. B. C.

  ( )5. When is the bus leaving?

  A. At 6:20 B. At 6:30 C. At 6:40

  ( )6.Where are they?

  A. In school B. At home C. In a zoo

  ( )7. Why didn’t the man go to watch the basketball game yesterday evening?

  A. Because he didn’t like it.

  B. Because he had a lot of homework to do.

  C. Because he felt sick.

  ( ) 8. Which subject does the boy like best?

  A. Chinese. B. English. C. PE.

  ( ) 9. When does Lucy go to school by bus?

  A. On Monday. B. On Tuesday. C. On Friday.

  ( )10. Where is the man from?

  A. Britain. B. France. C. the USA.

  B. 听下面3段对话或短文。每段对话或短文后各有几道小题,从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项。(每段对话或短文读两遍)

  听一段对话,回答第11~12小题。

  ( )11. Where is the post office?

  A. On the left of the street. B. At the end of the street. C. Behind a red building.

  ( )12. How will the man get there?

  A. Take a taxi. B. Take a bus. C. On foot.

  听一段对话,回答第13~15小题。请根据对话内容,选择正确答案,完成信息记录表。

  A day out

  When and where to go They will have a trip to Sunshine Park 13 .

  How to go They will go there by 14 .

  What to do They will 15 in the morning and boat in the lake in the afternoon. They will have a picnic lunch in the park.

  ( ) 13. A. this Sunday B. next Sunday C. next Saturday

  ( ) 14. A. bike B. bus C. car

  ( ) 15. A. go swimming B. play volleyball C. fly kites

  听一篇短文,回答第16~20小题。

  ( ) 16. Where does Tina live?

  A. In a village (村庄). B. In a town. C. In a city.

  ( ) l7. Which floor is Tina's classroom on?

  A. On the fourth floor. B. On the fifth floor C. On the sixth floor.

  ( ) 18. How many students are there in the school?

  A. 400. B. 500. C.600.

  ( ) 19. What's in the front of the school?

  A. A river. B. A garden. C. A playground.

  ( ) 20. What does Tina like doing in summer?

  A. Swimming. B. Riding. C. Playing basketball.

  二、单项选择(共15小题,每题1分,计15分)

  ( )21. —Do you know _______ man in black?

  —Which one? ________ one outside the classroom? He’s _______ new teacher.

  A. a, The, a B. a, The, the C. the, A, a D. the, The, a

  ( ) 22. Some people like pop music, and _________ enjoy country music.

  A. the others B. the other C. others D. another.

  ( )23. — _____ is it from your house to the nearest hospital ?

  — It’s two miles ______.

  A. How long ; away B. How far; far

  C. How long ; far away D. How far ; away

  ( ) 24. She doesn’t _____ to go far if she needs help _____ her homework.

  A. have, with B. has, with C. have, does D. has, do

  ( )25. —Excuse me, is this _______ iPad mini? —No, it isn't. _______ is at home.

  A. your; Mine B. your; My C. yours; My D. yours; Mine

  ( )26. He _______ carefully but __________ nothing

  A. listened, heard B. heard, listened

  C. listened to, heard D. heard, listened to

  ( )27. —Isn’t that a funny film? —______.I like it very much.

  A. Yes, it is B. Yes, it isn’t C. No, it isn’t D. No, it is

  ( )28. —I hope you to my birthday party next Sunday. —OK, I .

  A. to come; will B. to come; won’t C. will come; won’t D. will come; will

  ( ) 29. — Can you go shopping with me this weekend?

  — _______. I'll go to the Helping Hands Club.

  A. Sounds great B. I’m afraid not

  C. I'm not sure D. I don't think so

  ( ) 30. There is __________ with my computer. It works well.

  A. something wrong B. wrong something

  C. nothing wrong D. wrong nothing

  ( )31. Each of the singers ________ a ________ swimming pool.

  A. has; fifty-metres-long B. have; fifty-metres-long

  C. have; fifty-metre-long D. has; fifty-metre-long

  ( )32. The story happened_____ an evening of June.

  A. on B. to C. in D. at

  ( )33. Five dollars ______ enough for the exchange student to fix the bicycle the other day.

  A. are B. is C. was D. were

  ( )34. They make a fire _________ the room warm.

  A. keep B. keeps C. keeping D. to keep

  ( )35.Which sentence is TRUE?

  A. What can you see cross the bridge?

  B. Which way should I go to at the traffic lights?

  C. To the north of the park is many tall buildings.

  D. We are looking forward to rowing boats in the park.

  三、完形填空(10分)

  You want to run across the street to catch the bus which is leaving soon? But 36 ! You'd better not. If a policeman sees you, you'll have to pay a fine (罚款).

  New traffic laws (交通法) say that 37 people cross the street when the light is red, they can be fined as much as 50 yuan.

  Traffic accidents killed more than 104,000 people in China last year. Chinese cities have more cars than ever. Drivers and pedestrians (行人) must work together to make the streets 38 .

  The law has new rules 39 drivers and pedestrians. Drivers have to slow down when they are close to crosswalks. If people are in a crosswalk, cars must stop to let them walk.

  There are 40 for bus drivers, too. If bus drivers smoke, drink or make phone calls while 41 , they can be fined. Buses that carry too many people are also against the law.

  Pedestrians will have to walk more safely under the new law. They must cross streets at crosswalks. Also, they shouldn't climb 42 the fences (栅栏) along streets.

  Do you bike to school? It's not a good idea to carry 43 on the back. You could be fined 50 yuan. And stay in the bike lane (车道) when you're riding. The big roads are for cars and buses.

  Do you like to ride your uncle's motorbike? When you put on your helmet (头盔), ask him to put one on, too. People on motorbikes must wear helmets, the new law says. If they don't, they'll have to 44 200 yuan.

  Do you ride in cars often? Don't forget to put on your seat belt (安全带), even if you're going for a short taxi ride. It could save your life.

  If you see a hit-and-run (肇事逃逸), tell the police . They may give you a reward (奖赏). And don't be afraid to help people to the hospital if they are hurt in an accident . Don't worry about money . The new law says that 45 must take care of them even if they can't pay right away .

  ( )36. A. run B. look C. wait D. listen

  ( )37. A. if B. when C. so D. though

  ( )38. A. safe B. happy C. light D. slow

  ( )39. A. in B. on C. for D. at

  ( )40. A. rules B. words C. letters D. exercises

  ( )41. A. riding B. driving C. playing D. watching

  ( )42. A. under B. below C. above D. over

  ( )43. A. classmates B. bags C. teachers D. footballs

  ( )44. A. cost B. spend C. pay D. take

  ( )45. A. policemen B. doctors C. teachers D. drivers

  四、阅读理解 (10分)

  A

  ( ) 46.What do people want to do at Nancy’s Gym?

  A. To enjoy swimming B. To learn skating

  C. To keep fit and become thinner D. To become taller

  ( ) 47. Lucy likes skating. Which club is she interested in?

  A. Ice World B. Water World C. Nancy’s Gym D. Keep fit

  ( ) 48. You can go to swim in Water World at___________.

  A. 8:00 a.m. B. 9:30 a.m. C. 10:00 p.m. D. 11:00 p.m.

  ( ) 49. Which activity costs the most for an adult?

  A. Keeping fit at Nancy’s Gym. B. Skating in Ice World.

  C. Swimming in Water World. D. Making the Telephone.

  ( ) 50. We can probably read such a passage_________.

  A. in an advertisement (广告) B. in a newspaper

  C. in a storybook D. in a TV play

  B

  No one knew how to study when he or she was a baby. You need to learn to do some things first. They make it easier for you to learn and do well in class.

  Pay Attention(专心) in Class

  It's a good start for learning. It can help you know what the teacher says, and it will help you learn more and faster.

  Take Good Notes

  Taking good notes can make it easier to study. Be sure to write down all of the important things that your teacher says or writes on the blackboard, then read them after class.

  Plan Ahead(提前计划)

  Don't wait until Thursday night to study for Friday's test. Planning ahead can help you get good grades. You can plan what to do and how much to do each day.

  Ask for Help

  What should you do if you are confused about something? Be sure to ask your teacher for help. You can also ask some other people, like your classmates, your mom or dad.

  ( )51. How many things to help to learn well are mentioned(提到) in this passage?

  A. Three B. Four C. Five D. Six

  ( )52. We need to learn these things because they can _______.

  A. keep us healthy B. make it easier to learn

  C. help us become clever D. make us strong

  ( )53. We should write down _______ when we take notes in class.

  A. the important things that the teacher tells and writes

  B. what to do and how much to do that day

  C. all the things that we are not sure about

  D. what the teacher says to us in class

  ( )54. The underlined word "confused" means _______ in Chinese.

  A. 惊诧的 B. 困惑的 C. 恐惧的 D. 讨厌的

  ( )55. What can we learn from the passage?

  A. Reading the notes after class is a good start.

  B. We should study well for Friday's test.

  C. Learning how to learn is very important.

  D. Planning ahead can help you know what the teacher says

  第二部分 非选择题 (45分)

  五、词汇运用(10分)

  A. 根据中文提示写单词。

  1. We can get enough __________ (信息) for our project on the Internet.

  2. The _____________(长颈鹿) have long necks and they like eating leaves from the tall trees.

  3. To the _______ (南边) of the Panda House, you’ll find the lions.

  4. Simon _________ (回答) to the question very quickly and the teacher was very happy.

  5. The engineer stopped __________ (修理) the computer and had lunch just now.

  B. 用所给词的适当形式填空。

  6. A moment ago, the children _______ (fly) kites happily on the playground.

  7. It's _________(amaze) to keep a dangerous animal as a pet.

  8. There _________ (be) some basketball matches in our school next week, aren’t there?

  9. There are many old people ___________(look) after in the hospital. So the nurses are busy.

  10. Most of the families like sleeping with their windows __________(close) .

  六、任务型阅读。阅读下列短文,根据短文中的信息完成文后表格,每空一词。(10分)

  When October comes, it means that people will have a seven-day holiday. Many people will choose to travel. As more and more people go travelling at a time, the traffic will be a big problem. The Golden Week is not a good time to go out for most people.

  On one hand, people are richer than before and they plan to go travelling during the Golden Week. Too many visitors make the traffic get crowded(拥挤). In the places of interest(旅游景点), people can see thousands of heads instead of the scenery(景色). The unpleasant things always happen between the visitors. As there are people everywhere, who has a good feeling to enjoy the beautiful scenery?

  On the other hand, during the Golden Week, the businessmen always sell their products(产品) at higher prices and want to make more money from the visitors. So the visitors have to spend a lot more money on the products.

  In all, the Golden Week is not a good time for people to go out for travel. People can just stay at home or go to visit the places of interest which are near home, so that they won’t get too tired and spend too much money.

  Opinion The Golden Week isn’t a 1 time for travel.

  Facts Many people like to travel during the Golden Week. However, going travelling at a time causes(导致) 2

  Problems The 3 on the road is busy because of too many visitors.

  In the places of interest, there are so many people that we can’t 4 the beautiful scenery.

  The unpleasant things always happen 5 visitors.

  Businessmen sell their products at higher 6 .

  7 The products in the places of interest 8 them more money.

  People usually get 9 when they travel.

  Advice(建议) Stay at home.

  10 to places of interest near home.

  1.____________ 2._____________ 3.____________ 4.____________ 5._____________

  6.____________ 7._____________ 8.____________ 9.____________ 10._____________

  七、阅读表达(5分)

  Go to Thailand (泰国)—it’s a great place to spend your holidays. I spent my last summer holiday in Thailand. It’s really a beautiful place to travel to.

  Thai people are very helpful. They helped me a lot during traveling. I enjoyed outdoor activities like swimming, biking and diving (潜水). All of these were wonderful. I visited many temples (寺庙) and learned about their history. Their history is very old and interesting. It’s very different from ours.

  I shopped at the special market. It’s on a river and everyone sells their goods (货物) from their boats. Thai food is delicious, too! I also learned a little Thai boxing (拳击) from their schools. You’ll love Thailand, too.

  Answer the following questions in No More Than 4 Words.

  1. When did the writer go to Thailand?

  _________________________________________________________________________

  2. What outdoor activities did the writer enjoy in Thailand?

  _________________________________________________________________________

  3. What does the writer think of Thai’s history?

  _________________________________________________________________________

  4. Where was the special market?

  _________________________________________________________________________

  5. What did the writer learn from their school?

  _________________________________________________________________________

  八、缺词填空(10分)

  My friend’s grandfather came to America from a farm in Thailand.

  After getting to New York, he went i 1 a cafeteria(自助餐厅) in Manhattan to g 2

  something to eat. He sat down at an empty table and w 3 for someone to take his order. Of course nobody did. Finally, a woman with a big plate full of food came up to him. She sat down opposite(在…的对面) him and told him h 4 a cafeteria worked.

  “Start out at that end,” she said, “Just go along the line and choose w 5 you want. At the other end they’ll tell you how much you h 6 to pay.”

  “I soon learned that’s how everything works in America,” the grandfather told my friend later, “L 7 is a cafeteria here. You can get anything you want as long as (只要) you want to pay the price. You can even get success(成功), b 8 you’ll never get it if you wait for someone to b 9 it to you. You have to get up and get it y 10 .

  1.____________ 2._____________ 3.____________ 4.____________ 5._____________

  6.____________ 7._____________ 8.____________ 9.____________ 10._____________

  九、书面表达(10分)

  假设你是王平,请根据以下提示以“My hometown”为题,写一篇短文,邀请你的好友李芳来,包括以下要点:

  注意:(1)要点清楚,语言流畅; (2)字数80字左右;

  (3) 开头和结尾已给出,不计入总词数。

  “游”在泰兴 靠近扬子江 (the Yangtze River),以银杏(ginkgoes)闻名;绿树环绕,鸟语花香; 市区北部有个动物园

  “吃”在泰兴 可以吃到各地的美食;

  “住”在泰兴 当地人非常友好,乐意帮助解决问题;

  “购”在泰兴 有大型的购物广场,并且大部分东西不贵

  “通”在泰兴 距离泰州不远,开车去上海只需要2个小时。

  你的感想 ……(自拟,至少一句)

  Dear Li Fang,

  I'm Wang Ping. I'm writing to invite you to visit my hometown.

  Yours,

  Wang Ping

  听力材料

  A. 听下面10段对话。每段对话后有1道小题,从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项。

  第一部分 听对话回答问题。

  1.W: Excuse me. Can you tell me the way to the police station?

  M: Turn left at the corner of the street.

  2. W: What kind of stamps do you like best?

  M: I like stamps with flowers best.

  3. W: Are you going to be an engineer, Mike?

  M: No. I’d like to be a policeman.

  4. W: If I want to go to Hong Kong. How can I get there?

  M: You can take a plane. It’s fast and comfortable.

  5. W: Hurry up, Mary. It’s already 6:30.

  M: Oh, yes, the bus will leave in ten minutes. We have to run there.

  6.W:Let’s see the monkeys first, They are cute.

  M; No. I’d like to see the lions first. They are cool.

  7.W: Did you go to watch the basketball game yesterday evening?

  M: No, I had a lot of homework to do.

  8. W: What subjects do you like?

  M: I like Chinese, Maths and English. But I like PE best.

  9. M: Do you go to school on foot every day, Lucy?

  W: No. On Monday and Friday I go to school in my mother's car. The other days I take a bus.

  10. W: You speak good English. Are you from Britain?

  M: No, I’m from France. But I stay in America for a few years.

  B. 听下面3段对话或短文。每段对话或短文后各有几道小题,从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项。(每段对话或短文读两遍)

  听一段对话,回答第11~12小题。

  M: Excuse me, could you please tell me the way to the post office, please?

  W: Sure. Just go down this street. It’s at the end of the street.

  M: Do I need to take a taxi?

  W: No. It’s only five minutes’ walk.

  M: Thanks a lot.

  W: You are welcome.

  听一段对话,回答第13~15小题。请根据对话内容,选择正确答案,完成信息记录表。

  Li Hong and her parents are planning a day out. They will have the trip with Li Hong's uncle's family next Saturday. They will meet at Li Hong's home at 7:30 a.m. that day. The trip starts at 8:00 a.m. They will go to Sunshine Park by bike and enjoy a fun day there. In the morning, they will fly kites. They will have a picnic lunch in the park. In the afternoon, they will boat on the lake in the park. At 4:30 p.m., they will go back.

  听一篇短文,回答第16~20小题。

  Hi, my name is Tina. I live in a small town. There are not many tall buildings in our town. The tallest building is in our school. It has six floors. My classroom is on the fifth floor. There are four hundred students in our school. In the front of the school, there is a playground. I often play basketball with my classmates there. There is a river behind our school. In summer, we like swimming with our teachers in it. Our teachers are very nice. We love them very much.

  参考答案

  一、听力

  1-5 BBBCC 6-10 CBCBB 11-15 BCCAC 16-20BBACA

  二、单项选择

  21-25DCDAA 26-30AADBC 31-35 DACDD

  三、完形填空

  36-40 CAACA 41-45 BDACB

  四、阅读理解

  46-50 CABBA 51-55 BBABC

  五、词汇

  1. information 2. giraffes 3. south 4. replied 5. fixing

  6. flew 7. amazing 8. are going to be 9. to look 10.closed

  六、任务型阅读(10分)

  1. good 2. problems 3. traffic 4. enjoy 5. between

  6. prices 7. results 8. cost 9. tired 10. Go / Travel

  七、阅读表达

  1. Last summer(holiday)

  2. Swimming, biking and diving.

  3.(Very)Old and interesting.

  4. On a river.

  5.(A little)Thai boxing.

  八、缺词填空

  1.into 2. get 3. waited 4. how 5. what

  6. have 7.Life 8. but 9. bring 10. yourself

  九、书面表达

  Dear Li Fang,

  I'm Wang Ping. I'm writing to invite you to visit my hometown.

  Its name is Taixing. It’s near the Yangtze River. It is famous for ginkgoes. There are many trees around my hometown. We can smell the flowers and hear the birds sing. There is a zoo in the north of the city. We can enjoy nice food from different areas. Local people are very friendly. They are ready to help others with all kinds of problems. There is a big shopping mall here and most things are not expensive. It’s not far away from Taizhou. It only takes 2 hours to drive to Shanghai. It’s really a good place to live and I feel happy to live here.

  Welcome to my hometown, I'm looking forward to meeting you soon.

  Yours,

  Wang Ping

  七年级英语下册期中考试试卷

  听力部分(共20分)

  一、听句子,选出与其内容相符的图片。每个句子读两遍。(每小题1分,共5分)

  ( )1.A. B. C.

  ( )2.A. B. C.

  ( )3.A. B. C.

  ( )4.A. B. C.

  ( )5.A. B. C.

  二、听对话,根据问题选择正确答案。每段对话读两遍。(每小题1分,共5分)

  ( )6..What club does Jim want to join?

  A.The music club.   B. The swimming club. C.The story telling club.

  ( )7.Where does Mr. Zhang work?

  A.In a school.     B.In a radio station. C.In a store.

  ( )8.What is that big animal?

  A.An elephant. B.A lion. C.A tiger.

  ( )9.How long does it take the boy to go to school by bike?

  A.40 minutes. B.60 minutes. C.30 minutes.

  ( )10.What is Tony's mother doing?

  A.She is washing the clothes. B.She is playing computer games. C.She is watching TV.

  三、听对话及问题,选择正确答案。每段对话读两遍。(每小题1分,共5分)

  ( )11. A. Play the guitar. B. Play basketball. C. Play chess.

  ( )12. A. At 6:45 am. B. At 7:15 am. C. At 7:30 am.

  ( )13. A. Five minutes. B. Ten minutes. C. Fifteen minutes.

  ( )14. A. Every day. B. On school nights. C. On weekends.

  ( )15. A. Sleeping. B. Swimming. C. Running.

  四、听短文,选择正确答案。短文读两遍。(每小题1分,共5分)

  (  )16.Jim's brother is ______.

  A.doing his homework B.playing chess C.watching TV

  (  )17.His mother is ______.

  A.watching TV B.reading C.talking on the phone

  (  )18.His sister is ______.

  A.in her room B.at school C.in the garden

  (  )19.What kind of book is his sister reading?

  A.A Chinese book.   B.An English book. C.We don't know.

  (  )20.How many people are there in his family?

  A.Three. B.Four. C.Five.

  笔试部分(共100分)

  一、单项选择(每小题1分,共20分)

  (  )21.—Can I go swimming with you,Mom?

  —No,you    .You must do your homework first.

  A. won’t B. can’t C. can D. don’t

  (  )22.Please come and join    .You can join    club.

  A. us;us B. our;us C. us;our D. our;our

  (  )23.—________do you take a shower, Tony?

  —At 8:30 in the evening.

  A. What time B. How many C. How long D. How much

  (  )24.—What sport do you like ________,basketball,soccer or tennis, Mary?

  —Tennis.

  A. good B. well C. better D. best

  (  )25.—Do you walk to school or ride a bike to school?

  —    .

  A. I walk to school B. Yes,I do C. No,I don’t D. Yes,you do

  (  )26.Don’t go    the grass.And you can    the road.

  A. cross;across B. across;cross C. across;across D. cross;cross

  (  )27.—Don’t play basketball in class.

  —    ,I won’t do it again.

  A. Excuse me B. Sorry C. Thank you D. You’re welcome

  (  )28.A lot of good teachers    their students.

  A. are strict with B. is strict in C. are strict in D. is strict with

  (  )29.He can’t    ,but he often    to the beach to play.

  A. swimming; go B. swim;goes C. swims; goes D. swim; go

  (  )30.Don’t talk    eat in class.

  A. and B. or C. so D. but

  (  )31.— do they kill elephants?

  —They kill elephants their ivory.

  A. What;on B. What;for C. Why;on D. Why;for

  (  )32.Koalas are interesting but tigers are really scary.

  A. a kind of B. kind of C. kinds of D. all kinds of

  (  )33.—My pet dog can walk two legs.What about ?

  —My pet dog can do it,too.

  A. in;your B. in;yours C. on;your D. on;yours

  (  )34.Let’s to the park this weekend.

  A. to go B. go C. goes D. going

  (  )35.Guangzhou is in the ________ of China.

  A. north B. east C. west D. south

  (  )36.—Would you like to come with us to the show?

  — .

  A. No,not at all B. That’s right

  C. Thanks.I’d love to D. You’re welcome

  (  )37.—Are they playing baseball?

  — They are playing basketball.

  A. Yes,they are. B. Yes,they do. C. No,they aren’t D. No,they don’t.

  (  )38.The TV show is really .I don’t like it at all.

  A. interesting B. fun C. boring D. exciting

  (  )39.It ________outside now. You'd better take an umbrella with you.

  A. raining B. is raining C. rained D. rain

  (  )40.—Is Kate eating dinner?

  —________. She is playing the piano.

  A. Yes, she is B. No, she isn't C. Yes, she does D. No, she doesn't

  二、完型填空(每小题1分,共10分)

  I work in a school library,and there are many kinds of __41.___ in it,for example,books about English,science,history,music and so on.You ___42.__ do some reading or borrow books from it.But there are some __43.___.You must obey___44.___.

  When you are reading in the library,you have to __45.___ quiet.Don’t talk loudly or make any noise.You ___46.__ listen to music,either.You can’t take your bags or wet umbrellas into the library. __47.__ or drink in the library.You can borrow books from the library,___48.__ you can’t lend(借出)them to __49.___.You have to take good care of(好好保管)them and return them on time(按时归还).If the library books are ___50.___,you have to pay for them.

  (  )41.A. people B. books C. magazines D. newspapers

  (  )42.A. can B. have to C. can’t D. don’t

  (  )43.A. magazines B. rules C. CDs D. questions

  (  )44.A. that B. them C. it D. this

  (  )45.A. be B. are C. / D. have

  (  )46.A. don’t B. can’t C. have to D. can

  (  )47.A. Not eating B. Not eat C. Don’t eat D. Can’t eat

  (  )48.A. but B. if C. when D. where

  (  )49.A. others B. me C. other D. us

  (  )50.A. lose B. lost C. find D. found

  三、阅读理解(每小题2分,共30分)

  A

  Elephants have very strong legs.Their legs are like trees.They usually walk slowly because they are so big,but they walk very quietly.

  Wild elephants living in the jungle(丛林) usually stay together in big families.Usually one old elephant leads them.The others follow their leader.They usually move about at night,looking for food.In the hot daytime,they go to sleep in the cool shade of the trees.Elephants are kind animals.When one of them is hurt and cannot pull itself to its feet,the other elephants lift it up and help it to walk.

  Some people say that elephants never forget.They remember people who are kind or bad to them.

  (  )51.Elephants usually walk slowly because .

  A. they are very big B. they are quiet

  C. they are very strong D. they want to eat leaves along the way

  (  )52.Wild elephants living usually stay together in big families.

  A. in the zoo B. in the suburbs C. in the jungle D. in the cities

  (  )53.When an elephant is hurt and cannot keep itself to its feet,the others .

  A. lift it up and help it to walk B. run away as soon as possible

  C. kill it immediately D. carry it to a safe place

  (  )54.If you hurt an elephant,what may happen when you meet it again five years later?

  A. It may not remember you and walk away.

  B. It may kick you or do something to hurt you.

  C. It may eat the food you give it.

  D. It may let you take photos with it.

  (  )55.When elephants stay together, .

  A. not all the elephants follow their leader

  B. the youngest elephant leads them

  C. there is a leader

  D. there is no leader

  B

  Tom has a happy family.There are some rules in his family.

  Keep healthy

  Being healthy is important.Tom's family play sports for one hour every day.Tom is in the school swimming club.And his parents run every morning.

  Evening time is family time

  They can't watch TV or play computer games after dinner.The family usually sit(坐) on the sofa and talk.Tom always talks about his school and friends.Sometimes they take a walk together.

  Always say “I love you” and “Thank you”

  Tom says “I love you” to his parents in the morning before he goes to school,and in the evening before he goes to bed.His parents say it to him,too.When Tom helps his mother,she says “Thank you”.They show their love and thanks all the time(一直).

  (  )56.What club does Tom join?

  A. The swimming club. B. The running club.

  C. The tennis club. D. The soccer club.

  (  )57.Tom usually ________ after dinner.

  A. plays computer games B. talks with his parents

  C. takes a walk with his parents D. listens to music

  (  )58.When does Tom say “I love you” to his parents?

  A. Before he gets up. B. At breakfast.

  C. In the afternoon. D. Before he goes to bed.

  (  )59.What can we know from the passage(文章)?

  A. Tom's father doesn't exercise every day.

  B. Tom can't watch TV at home in the afternoon.

  C. Tom has many good friends.

  D. Tom always says “I love you” at home.

  (  )60.The passage mainly(主要地) talks about ________.

  A. exercise and being healthy B. how to talk with your parents

  C. some rules in a happy family D. showing love and thanks often

  C

  The Spring Festival is coming.Every Chinese is going back home.Mr.Lin is one of them.Mr.Lin comes from Sichuan and works in Beijing.He is at the train station now.His train leaves at 1:00 a.m.He is sitting on the chair and waiting.He is tired and wants to sleep.But the train station is too noisy.Some people are talking.Some people are eating.Some people are walking around.And there are some babies crying(哭).Mr.Lin looks at his watch.He has to wait for three hours.What a long night!Mr.Lin feels upset.But when he thinks of his parents at home,he feels much better.“I’m back,Mom and Dad,” says Mr.Lin.

  (  )61.Mr.Lin is going home by .

  A. bus B. subway C. train D. boat

  (  )62.Some babies are at the train station.

  A. talking B. singing C. walking D. crying

  (  )63.What time is it now?

  A. 10:00 p.m. B. 1:00 a.m. C. 3:00 a.m. D. 7:00 p.m.

  (  )64.What does the underlined word “upset” mean in Chinese?

  A. 乐观的 B. 心烦的 C. 激动的 D. 无助的

  (  )65.From the passage,we know that Mr.Lin .

  A. works in Sichuan B. is drinking water

  C. likes the Spring Festival D. wishes to see his parents

  四、补全对话。(每小题2分,共10分)

  Jack:Many new animals are in the zoo.Do you know?

  Bob:Oh.66.

  Jack:Pandas,lions,monkeys,giraffes and elephants.

  Bob:Let’s go and see them.

  Jack:OK.67.

  Bob:I want to see pandas first.

  Jack:68.

  Bob:Because they are very cute.69.

  Jack:I like elephants.

  Bob:70.

  Jack:Because they are big,but they are very friendly.

  五、用所给单词的适当形式填空。(每小题1分,共10分)

  71.Look!Some _____________(child)are playing soccer over there.

  72.When do you usually go _____________(shop)?

  73.It’s half past seven.Jim ______________(study)in the living room.

  74.My grandpa likes _____________(drink)tea every day.

  75.—Where’s Mum?

  —She _____________(wash)the dishes in the kitchen.

  76._______________ (not read) in the sun.

  77.He often helps his mother do the_______________(dish) at home.

  78.Parents and schools make rules _______________(help) us.

  79.Don't be _______________(noise) in the library.You must be quiet.

  80.He usually _______________(relax) and sleeps nine hours every day.

  六、根据句意及提示完成句子(每小题1分,共5分)

  81.She is a b_____________ girl with golden hair.

  82.The young man doesn't like working. He's very l_____________.

  83.I don't s_____________ well these days, so I feel tired.

  84.—Why is Alan so popular in your class?

  —Because he is very _____________ (friend) to everyone.

  85.Some animals are in _____________ (dangerous).

  七、书面表达。(共15分)

  86.假如下面是你父母为你制订的一些家规。请你以“My Family Rules”为题,写一篇50词左右的英语短文。

  1.每天早上六点必须起床,七点去上学;

  2.下午六点之前必须到家;

  3.不能在外面吃饭;

  4.在上学日的晚上,不能看电视和玩电脑游戏;

  5.晚上九点半之前必须上床睡觉。

  _______________________________________________________________________________

  _______________________________________________________________________________

  _______________________________________________________________________________

  _______________________________________________________________________________

  _______________________________________________________________________________

  _______________________________________________________________________________

  _______________________________________________________________________________

  _______________________________________________________________________________

  _______________________________________________________________________________

  _______________________________________________________________________________

  _______________________________________________________________________________

  参考答案

  听力部分

  1-5:ACBCA

  6-10:ABBBC

  11-15:ABBCB

  16-20:BCACC

  笔试部分

  21.B

  【解析】句意:——我能和你去游泳吗,妈妈?——不,你不能,你必须先做作业。根据用什么问,用什么答,排除A/D;根据前后一致性;故选B

  22.C

  【解析】句意:请来加入我们,你可以参加我们的俱乐部。根据join sb加入某人,当sb是代词时用宾格,第二个空需要形容词性的物主代词修饰名词club;故选C

  23.A

  【解析】句意:-Tony,你几点洗淋浴?-晚上八点半。What time什么时候;How many多少,提问数量,修饰可数名词复数;How long多长时间;How much多少,提问数量,修饰不可数名词;多少钱,提问价格。根据下面的回答At 8:30 in the evening可知,这里问的是几点,故选A。

  24.D

  【解析】句意:-Mary,你最喜欢什么运动,篮球、足球还是网球?-网球。good好的,形容词;well好,副词;better更好的,是比较级;best最好的,是最高级。根据句意可知,这里表示篮球、足球和网球三者相比,应用最高级形式,故选D。

  25.A

  【解析】句意:——你走着去上学还是骑自行车去上学?——我走着去上学。这是一个选择疑问句,不用yes或no来回答;故选A

  26.B

  【解析】句意:不要穿过草地,,你可以穿过马路。根据across是介词,通常用与go,run,swim等搭配,cross动词,穿过,可以做谓语;故选B

  27.B

  【解析】句意:——不要在课上打篮球。——对不起,我不会再那样做了。A. Excuse me 打扰一下; B. Sorry对不起;C. Thank you 谢谢; D. You’re welcome不客气;根据情景交际故选B

  28.A

  【解析】句意:许多好老师严格要求他们的学生。根据be strict with sb对某人严格要求,be strict in sth对某事要求严格;主语A lot of good teachers复数;故选A

  29.B

  【解析】句意:他不会游泳,但是他经常去海滩玩。根据can情态动词,后用动词原形;根据often可知用一般现在时态,主语he单三,谓语动词用单数形式;故选B

  30.B

  【解析】句意:在课堂上不要说话和吃东西。and和,用于肯定句,or和,或者,用于否定句和疑问句,so因此,but但是,故选B

  31.D

  【解析】句意:——他们为什么杀死大象?——他们因为象牙杀死大象。考查动词辨析题。ivory 象牙;for为了/因为,表目的和原因,而on用于表示时间或地点,不用于表原因,可排除AC两项。根据答语They kill elephants for their ivory.,可知问句是问猎杀大象的原因,需用why提问。结合句意语境,故选D。

  32.B

  【解析】句意:考拉有点有趣,但老虎真的很吓人。考查副词短语辨析题。A. a kind of……的一种,表类别,后接名词;B. kind of稍微,有点儿,相当于副词;C. a kind需和of连用表示“一种”;D. all kinds of各种各类的,后接复数名词。interesting有趣的,形容词需用副词修饰。根据句意语境,可知选B。

  33.D

  【解析】句意:——我的宠物狗可以两条腿走路。你的呢?——我的宠物狗也能做到。考查介词和名词性物主代词辨析题。介词on有“凭靠”的意思,on two legs靠两条腿;而in没有这种用法,可排除AB两项。your是形容词性物主代词,后面需接名词,而yours是名词性物主代词,起名词的作用;第二空后面没有名词,可排除C。根据句意语境,可知选D。

  34.B

  【解析】句意:这个周末我们去公园吧。考查动词形式辨析题。本句是Let’s开头的祈使句,let sb. do sth.让某人做某事,表提议,固定结构;根据句意语境,可知选B。

  35.D

  【解析】句意:广州在中国的南方。A. north“北方”;B. east“东方”;C. west“西方”;D. south“南方”。in the+方位词+地点:在某地内部的…方向。根据句意,结合选项,故答案选D。

  36.C

  【解析】句意:-你愿意和我们一起去看演出吗? -谢谢,我很乐意。A. No,not at all不,根本不。B. That’s right好吧;C. Thanks.I’d love to谢谢,我很乐意。D. You’re welcome没关系。Would you like to do sth. 是用来邀请或征求意见的句子。结合句意可知C正确。

  37.C

  【解析】句意:-他们在打棒球吗? -不,他们不是。他们正在打篮球。由句意可知,他们在打篮球而不是打棒球,因此用No回答,排除A/B。在问句中用are构成的问句,因此用are来回答。故选C。

  38.C

  【解析】句意:这个电视节目真无聊,我一点也不喜欢。A. interesting 有趣的;B. fun滑稽的;C. boring 无聊的;D. exciting激动的,令人兴奋的。结合句意C正确。

  39.B

  【解析】句意:外面正在下雨,你最好带把伞。根据now判断,句子的时态为现在进行时态,故答案为B。

  40.B

  【解析】句意:凯特在吃晚饭吗?-不,她不是。她在弹钢琴。由句子“She is playing the piano.”可知,答语用否定的。排除A/C。再由句子“Is Kate eating dinner?”可知,为进行时态,用isn’t。故选B。

  41.B

  42.A

  43.B

  44.B

  45.A

  46.B

  47.C

  48.A

  49.A

  50.B

  【解析】这篇短文的作者在一个学校图书馆里工作,他在短文中给我们讲述了图书馆里的一些规则。

  41.句意:我在一个学校图书馆工作,里面有各种各样的书,例如关于英语、科学、历史、音乐等等。people 人,人们;books书;magazines杂志;newspapers报纸。根据上句话I work in a school library可知,作者在图书馆工作,图书馆里有的是很多种类的书,故应选B。

  42.句意:你可以在里面阅读或者从里面借书。can 可以;能;have to必须,不得不;can’t不能;don’t不。根据句意可知,这里can表示许可,意为“可以,能够”。故选A。

  43.句意:但是有一些规则。magazines 杂志;rules 规则;CDs 光盘;questions问题。根据下句话You must obey…可知,obey是遵守的意思,因此这里应说的是规则。下文中具体介绍了这些规则,故应选B。

  44.句意:你必须遵守他们。that 那,那个;them 他们,人称代词宾格;it 它;this这,这个。根据文意可知,这里的them代指的是上句话中提到的rules,是复数的,故应选B。

  45.句意:当你在图书馆里阅读的时候,你必须保持安静。be 是,动词原形;are 是,主语应为复数或者第二人称you;have有,实义动词。空后的quiet 是形容词,这里应填be动词,因为空前have to后跟动词原形,故应选A。

  46.句意:你也不能听音乐。don’t 不;can’t不能;have to必须,不得不;can能。根据上文Don’t talk loudly or make any noise可知,这是一个否定的意思。这句话中的either意思是“也”,应用于否定句中,这里表示不能…,故应选B。

  47.句意:不要在图书馆里吃或者喝东西。Not eating 不吃,动名词的否定形式;Not eat不吃;Don’t eat不要吃,祈使句的否定形式;Can’t eat不能吃。这里是祈使句的否定形式,在动词原形的前面加Don’t,故应选C。

  48.句意:你可以从图书馆里借书,但是你不能把他们借给别人。but 但是;if 如果;when当…时候;where在哪里。根据句意可知,这两句话是转折的关系,故应选A。

  49.句意:你可以从图书馆里借书,但是你不能把他们借给别人。others 其他人;me ,人称代词宾格;other其他的,是一个形容词;us我们,人称代词宾格。根据句意可知,你可以从图书馆借书,但是你不能把书借给别人。故应选A。

  50.句意:如果图书馆的书丢失了,你必须赔偿。lose 丢失,动词原形;lost失去,过去分词;find发现,找到;found是find的过去式。be lost是固定短语,意思是丢失。故应选B。

  51.A

  52.C

  53.A

  54.B

  55.C

  【解析】这篇说明文介绍了野生大象的外形特点和生活习性。

  51.题意:大象通常走得很慢,因为 。考查细节理解题。根据They usually walk slowly because they are so big,,可知选A。

  52.题意:野生大象通常生活在大家庭中。考查细节理解题。A. in the zoo在动物园里;B. in the suburbs在郊区;C. in the jungle在丛林中;D. in the cities在城市里。根据第二段开头Wild elephants living in the jungle usually stay together in big families.,可知选C。

  53.题意:大象受伤,不能站立,其他人抬起来,帮助它行走。考查细节理解题

  根据第二段最后When one of them is hurt and cannot pull itself to its feet, the other elephants lift it up and help it to walk.,可知选A。

  54.题意:如果你伤害了大象,五年后再遇到它会发生什么事?考查细节理解题。A. It may not remember you and walk away. 它可能不记得你,然后走开。B. It may kick you or do something to hurt you. 它可能踢你或做一些伤害你的事。C. It may eat the food you give it.

  它可以吃你给它的食物。D. It may let you take photos with it. 它可以让你用它拍照。根据Some people say that elephants never forget. They remember people who are kind or bad to them.,可知ACD三项意思都与句意不合,故选B。

  55.题意:当大象呆在一起, 。考查细节理解题。A. not all the elephants follow their leader不是所有的大象都跟着他们的首领。B. the youngest elephant leads them最小的大象领着他们。C. there is a leader有一个领导者;D. there is no leader没有领袖。根据.Usually one old elephant leads them. The others follow their leader.,可知选C。

  56.A

  57.B

  58.D

  59.D

  60.C

  【解析】本文主要谈论汤姆有一个幸福的家庭,他家里有哪些家规。

  56.题意:汤姆参加什么俱乐部?A. The swimming club. 游泳俱乐部;B. The running club. 跑步俱乐部;C. The tennis club. 网球俱乐部;D. The soccer club. 足球俱乐部。根据第2段第2句Tom is in the school swimming club.可知选A。

  57.题意:汤姆通常在晚饭后________。A. plays computer games打电脑游戏;B. talks with his parents与父母谈话;C. takes a walk with his parents和他的父母去散步;D. listens to music听音乐。根据第3段第2句The family usually sit(坐) on the sofa and talk.可知选B。

  58.题意:汤姆什么时候对他的父母说“我爱你”?A. Before he gets up. 他起床之前;B. At breakfast. 早餐时;C. In the afternoon. 下午;D. Before he goes to bed. 他上床睡觉前。根据第四段第1句Tom says “I love you” to his parents in the morning before he goes to school,and in the evening before he goes to bed(汤姆在上学前的早晨和晚上睡觉前对他的父母说“我爱你”。)可知选D。

  59.题意:从文章中我们知道什么?A. Tom's father doesn't exercise every day. Tom的父亲不每天锻炼;B. Tom can't watch TV at home in the afternoon. Tom下午不能在家看电视;C. Tom has many good friends. Tom有许多好朋友;D. Tom always says “I love you” at home. Tom总是在家里说“我爱你”。根据第4段标题Always say “I love you” and “Thank you”结合第1句Tom says “I love you” to his parents in the morning before he goes to school,and in the evening before he goes to bed(汤姆在上学前的早晨和晚上睡觉前对他的父母说“我爱你”。)可知选D。

  60.题意:本文主要谈论________。A. exercise and being healthy锻炼身体和保持健康;B. how to talk with your parents如何和你的父母交谈;C. some rules in a happy family幸福家庭中的一些家规;D. showing love and thanks often经常表达爱和感激。本文主要谈论汤姆有一个幸福的家庭,他家里有哪些家规。根据本文主要内容可知选C。

  61.C

  62.D

  63.A

  64.B

  65.D

  【解析】本文介绍了春节来了,每个中国人都回家过年了。林先生和别人一样也在回家的路上。介绍了他在火车上见到到的事情。

  61.细节理解题。由句子He is at the train station now.他现在在火车站。可知,他乘火车回家的。故选C。

  62.细节理解题。由句子And there are some babies crying(哭). 可知,有些婴儿在哭。故选D。

  63.细节理解题。由句子His train leaves at 1:00 a.m.和句子He has to wait for three hours.可知,他的火车在下午的1:00发车,现在还得等三个小时,才到1:00。说明现在是10:00。故选A。

  64.词义猜测题。由句子What a long night!Mr.Lin feels upset. 多么漫长的夜晚!林先生感到心烦意乱。可知upset为心烦的意思。故选B。

  65.推理判断题。由句子But when he thinks of his parents at home,he feels much better.可知,但是当他想到家里的父母时,他感觉好多了。说明他想见到父母。故选D。

  66.B

  67.C

  68.F

  69.E

  70.D

  【解析】鲍勃和杰克谈论动物园里新动物。鲍勃想先看熊猫,因为他们很机灵可爱。杰克喜欢大象,因为虽然他们体型大,但是他们很友好。

  66.句意:他们是什么?根据下文Jack:Pandas,lions,monkeys,giraffes and elephants.可知鲍勃问的是“他们是什么?”。结合选项可知选B。

  67.句意:你想首先看什么?根据下文Bob:I want to see pandas first.可知杰克问的是“你想首先看什么?”。结合选项可知选C。

  68.句意:为什么你想先看他们?根据回答Because they are very cute.可知问的是为什么(why),结合选项可知选F。

  69.句意:你喜欢什么?根据下文杰克回答的Jack:I like elephants.(我喜欢大象)可知鲍勃问的是“你喜欢什么?”。结合选项可知选E。

  70.句意:你为什么喜欢他们?根据上文Jack:I like elephants.(我喜欢大象)和下文Jack:Because they are big,but they are very friendly.(因为虽然他们体型大,但是他们很友好。)可知鲍勃问的是“你为什么喜欢他们?”。结合选项可知选D。

  71.children

  72.shopping

  73.is studying

  74.drinking/to drink

  75.is washing

  【解析】

  71.句意:看!一些孩子正在那边踢足球。Some后接可数名词复数,child的复数为children。所以答案为:children。

  72.句意:你通常什么时候去购物?去购物用go shopping。故答案为:shopping。

  73.句意:.现在是七点半,吉姆在起居室学习。本题为现在进行时。Jim为单数,用is studying。故答案为:is studying。

  74.句意:我爷爷喜欢每天喝茶。likes to do/doing sth. 所以答案为:drinking/to drink。

  75.句意:-妈妈在哪里? -她正在厨房洗盘子。本题为现在进行时。She做主语为单数,所以答案为:is washing。

  76.Don't read

  77.dishes

  78.to help

  79.noisy

  80.relaxes

  【解析】

  76.句意:不要在太阳下读书。本句是祈使句的否定句;其结构是: Don't+动词原形。read动词,读。故填:Don't read。

  77.句意:他经常帮妈妈在家洗餐具。dish名词,盘子、餐具;dishes名词复数。故填:dishes。

  78.句意:父母和学校制定规章制度来帮助我们。help动词,帮助;to help动词不定式作目的状语。故填:to help。

  79.句意:在图书馆里不要吵闹,必须安静。noise名词,噪音、杂音;noisy形容词,吵闹的; be+形容词,在句中构成系表结构,形容词作表语。故填:noisy。

  80.句意:他通常每天休息、睡九个小时。relax动词,休息、放松。本句是一般现在时态,主语为he, 所以谓语动词使用三单形式relaxes。故填:relaxes。

  81.beautiful

  82.lazy

  83.sleep

  84.friendly

  85.danger

  【解析】

  81.句意:她是一个金发的漂亮女孩。根据句意和首字母提示,可知这里应填形容词“漂亮的”,英文表达是beautiful,故答案填:beautiful。

  82.句意:这个年轻人不喜欢工作。他很懒。根据句意和首字母提示,可知这里应填形容词“懒惰的”,英文表达是lazy,故答案填:lazy。

  83.句意:这些天我睡觉不好,所以我觉得很累。根据句意和首字母提示,可知这里应填动词“睡觉”,英文表达是sleep,故答案填:sleep。

  84.句意:为什么艾伦在你们班上这么受欢迎?——因为他对每个人都很友好。由句意可知应填一个形容词来作表语,构成系表结构;与friend所对应的形容词是friendly,故答案填:friendly。

  85.句意:有些动物是有危险。根据句中结构,in是介词,后面要加名词或动名词,dangerous是形容词,其名词形式是danger,故答案填:danger。

  86.My Family Rules

  I have many rules in my family.Every morning I have to get up at six o'clock and go to school at seven o'clock.I must get home before six o'clock in the afternoon.I can't eat out.I can't watch TV or play computer games on school nights.And I must go to bed before nine thirty in the evening.I don't like these rules.I think they are terrible

  【解析】这是一篇给材料作文,介绍你父母为你制订的一些家规。结合所给材料,可知本文主要考查一般现在时态,人称为第一人称单数,注意主谓一致问题,注意一些的常见句式的应用,比如:I have to……;I must…….; I can’t…….; I don’t like……; I think……等句式的应用。写作中注意运用代词,注意多种句式交替运用。写作中注意叙述顺序,符合逻辑关系。字数50词左右,不要写的太少。写好时,再阅读一遍,减少语法错误,不要犯单词拼写上的错误。

  附听力材料

  一、听句子, 选出与其内容相符的图片。每个句子读两遍。

  1.Alice, your guitar is on the sofa.

  2.He doesn't like tigers.

  3.Cindy is cleaning the house now.

  4.What time do you have dinner?

  5.Let's go to the shop to buy some food.

  二、听对话, 根据问题选择正确答案。每段对话读两遍。

  6.

  W:Do you like singing, Jim?

  M:Yes, I want to join the music club.

  7.

  W:Who is Mr. Zhang?

  M:He is my uncle.He works in a radio station.

  8.

  W:Is that big animal a tiger?

  M:No, it's a lion.

  9.

  W:Is your home far from your school?

  M:Yes, it is.It takes me forty minutes to take the bus to school or it takes me an hour to ride a bike.

  10.

  W:Hi, Tony, what is your mother doing?

  M:She is watching TV.

  三、听对话及问题, 选择正确答案。每段对话读两遍。

  11.

  W:Who is that boy?

  M:He is my brother, and he can play the guitar well.

  Question. What can the boy's brother do?

  12.

  W:Do you always get up so early?

  M:I usually get up at a quarter past seven.

  Question. What time does the boy usually get up?

  13.

  M:Is your school far from your home, Linda?

  W:No, it just takes me ten minutes to walk to school.

  Question. How long does it take Linda to go to school on foot?

  14.

  M:Do you have to clean your room every day?

  W:No, I have no time, and I just clean it on weekends.

  Question. When does the girl clean her room?

  15.

  M:Where is Mike, Alice? I can't find him anywhere.

  W:Oh, he is swimming in the river.

  Question. What is Mike doing now?

  四、听短文, 选择正确答案。短文读两遍。

  Hi, this is Jim's family.Let's see what they are doing after lunch.Oh, Jim is playing chess with his brother in the garden.His father is watching TV.His mother is talking on the phone.Where is his sister?She is reading in her room.Everyone is busy.


初一级英语下学期期中试卷相关文章:

1.七年级下册英语期中试卷及答案

2.七年级下册英语期中试卷及答案人教版

3.七年级英语下册期末试卷及答案

4.人教版七年级英语下册期末试卷及答案

5.七年级上英语Unit2测试题附答案

下学期七年级英语期中试卷题



  在运用初中英语学习方法时,不能始终不变,初中的三年里对于英语学习的侧重点应该是不同的,今天小编就给大家来参考一下七年级英语,仅供参考哦

  下学期七年级英语期中试题

  第Ⅰ卷 选择题

  一. 单项选择。(每小题1分,共20分)

  A)从下面各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中,选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。

  ( )1 Tom can play ______ chess, but he can't play ______ violin.

  A. a; a B. a; the C. /; the D. the; the

  ( )2 He usually goes to school bike,but sometimes he goes to school ______foot.

  A. with;on B. on;by C. on;with D. by;on

  ( )3 — ______ is it from the village to the city?

  — It's about five kilometers.

  A. How long B. How many C. How far D. How much

  ( )4. —Don’ t forget your homework first, then practice the guitar. —I will.

  A. to do; to play B. to do; playing C. doing; to play D. doing; to playing

  ( )5. Lily usually ______ TV on Saturday. She ______ TV now.

  A. watching; watching B. watches; is watching

  C. is watching; is watching D. watches; watches

  ( )6. You ______ come if you don't want to.

  A. shouldn't B. mustn't C. don't have to D. can't

  ( )7. Stop ______ the trees! The forests are getting smaller and smaller.

  A. cutting down B. cutting off C. putting down D. putting off

  ( )8 —How long does it take you to go to the bus station? —______.

  A. About twenty kilometers B. I ride my bike

  C. About half an hour by subway D. I get there quickly

  ( )9. For some students, it’s difficult ______ school.

  A. to get to B. get to C. to get D. gets

  ( )10 It takes ____ one hour____ his homework.

  A. he; do B. him; do C. him; to do D. his; to do

  ( )11. ______do you think of your teacher?

  A. How B. What C. Which D. Where

  ( )12. ______play computer games after school.

  A. Can’t B. No C. Not D . Don’t

  ( )13. — There are all _____ things in the supermarket.But it ’s _____ far from here.

  — Then let’s go there by taxi.

  A. kind of, kind of B. kind of, kinds of

  C. kinds of, kinds of D. kinds of, kind of

  ( )14. — Are you an actor _____ a teacher?

  — An actor.

  A. and B. but C. so D. or

  ( )15. — Have a good day at school, Susan!

  —______.

  A. Me, too B. You, too C. Bye D. Fine

  B)从下面各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中,选出与划线部分意思相同或相近的最佳选项。

  ( )16. Harry is in the next picture.

  A. book B. photo C. paper D. room

  ( )17. If you are not busy , come and help me!

  A. cool B. free C. late D. happy

  ( )18. My father usually gets home at seven thirty.

  A. half past seven B. half to seven

  C. a quarter past seven D. a quarter to seven

  ( )19. Don’t forget to arrive on time this afternoon.

  A. Stop B. Remember C. Plan D. Ask

  ( )20. —Sun , can you speak Japanese?

  —No, but I will learn it next term.

  A. study B. have C. find D. get

  二. 完形填空。(每小题1.5分,共15分)

  It’s five o’clock in the afternoon. School 21 and the students from Class 3 are going to Grandma Liang’s house. Grandma Liang has no 22 or daughters. So the children often go to help 23 do some things.

  Now the children are at Grandma Liang’s 24 . Grandma Liang is very 25 to see them. Look! Lily is 26 with Grandma Liang in the living room. Betty is cleaning the 27 . Jane is washing clothes outside the room. 28 is Ann? Oh, she is in the kitchen. She is making 29 for Grandma Liang. Jim is next to Ann. He is 30 her.

  What good children they are!

  ( ) 21. A. comes B. goes C. finishes D. gets

  ( ) 22. A. sisters B. brothers C. aunts D. sons

  ( ) 23. A. him B. her C. them D. us

  ( ) 24. A. home B. classroom C. library D. office

  ( ) 25. A. shy B. scary C. happy D. funny

  ( ) 26. A. talking B. studying C. waiting D. sleeping

  ( ) 27. A. cars B. windows C. head D. teeth

  ( ) 28. A. What B. Who C. How D. Where

  ( ) 29. A. breakfast B. clothes C. dinner D. bed

  ( ) 30. A. watching B. helping C. calling D. finding

  三、阅读理解。(每题2分,共30分)

  A

  SUNNY SCHOOL

  We are a bilingual(双语) school for children of 6-15. We want a cook, a library assistant(助手、管理员), a sports coach(教练) and a language teacher.

  Job Age Language Skill Other terms

  (其它条件)

  cook 25~40 Chinese can cook Chinese and Western(西方) food healthy

  library assis tant 20~35 Chinese,

  English has the knowledge(知识) on all kinds of books careful

  (仔细)

  sports coach 20~40 Chinese, English major in(主修) P.E. healthy,

  strong

  teacher 30~45 Chinese,

  English major in English --

  ( )31. Who can’t go to Sunny School?

  A. A four-year-old child. B. An eleven-year-old boy.

  C. A fifteen-year-old girl D. An eight-year-old kid.

  ( )32. Who is not wanted by Sunny School?

  A. A PE teacher. B. An English teacher.

  C. A library assistant D. A math teacher.

  ( )33. We know ______ may not speak English in Sunny School.

  A. the sports coach B. the cook

  C. the library assistant D. the language teacher

  ( )34. The coach must major in _______.

  A. Chinese B. English C. food D. P.E.

  ( )35. The Sunny School wants a teacher ________.

  A. aged between 25 and 40 B. who can cook Western food

  C. who is careful and strong D. who can speak English and Chinese

  B

  Do you know the movie Zootopia? Have you seen it? Do you like it? Let me introduce some of the characters(特性) for you.

  Name: Nick

  Animal type: North American red fox

  Weight: 7kg

  Favorite food: mouse

  Interesting fact: Red foxes are good at swimmi ng and climbing trees.

  Name: Judy Hopps

  Animal type: North American rabbit

  Weight: 1kg

  Favorite food: grass(草)

  Interesting fact: A female(雌性的) rabbit can have(生育) fifty baby rabbits(兔子) every year. So in the movie, Judy has two hundred and seventy-five brothers and sisters.

  Name: Mayor Lionheart

  Animal type: African lion

  Weight: 300kg

  Favorite food: beef(牛肉)

  Interesting fact: Lions usually sleep in the day and look for food in

  the night.

  Name: Flash

  Animal type: South American sloth(树懒)

  Weight: 6kg

  Favorite food: leaves(树叶)

  Interesting fact: It takes a sloth a month to move two kilometers. And

  it eats only one or two times a week.

  ( )36. Where does Mayor Lionheart come from?

  A. Asia. B. Africa. C. Australia. D. South America.

  ( )37. What does Nick like to eat?

  A. Leaves. B. Fish. C. Beef. D. Mouse.

  ( )38. What kind of animal is Flash?

  A. A lion. B. A rabbit. C. A sloth. D. A fox.

  A. Thank you, Mom.

  B. What are they doing now?

  C. We’re on a school trip.

  D. Sounds good.

  E. It’s Linda.

  F. Where are you now

  G. We’re running now.

  ( )39. How many brothers and sisters does Judy have?

  A. 5. B. 55. C. 75. D. 275.

  ( )40. What is True about Flash?

  A. It seldom(很少) moves. B. It runs really fast.

  C. It comes from China. D. It eats three meals every day.

  C

  Alice Brown lives in New York with her mum and dad and two brothers,Tony and Peter.It is Alice's fourteen birthday next week.The family has got two dogs,a cat and four rabbits.Alice likes cats and rabbits but her brothers like dogs.Alice’s dad works in a hotel.He’s a hotel manager.Her mum teaches English at a middle school.

  Alice and her brothers study at the same school,but they are in different grades.She's in Grade Seven, Her brother Tony is in Grade Ten and Peter is in Grade Six.They live in a house near the school.They walk to school together every day.

  Alice is interested in computers. At home she plays computer games in her free time. When she leaves school,she also wants to work with computers.

  ( )41. Who does Alice live with?

  A. Two brothers. B. Her family. C. Her parents. D. Father and mother.

  ( )42. How many animals are there in her family?

  A. Six. B. Two. C. Four D. Seven.

  ( )43. What does her mother do?

  A. She works in a hotel. B. She is a manager.

  C. She studies English. D. She is a teacher.

  ( )44. How do they go to school every day?

  A. By bike. B. On foot. C. By bus. D. By taxi.

  ( )45. Which one is NOT true?

  A. Alice plays computer games at school.

  B. Alice and her brothers study at the same school.

  C. They are in different grades.

  D. They live in a house near the school.

  四、情景交际。(每小题2分,共10分)

  根据对话内容,从方框中选择恰当的选项补全对话, 其中有两项多余。

  (Jenny is talking with her friend Laura on the phone.)

  A: Hello? This is Mary.

  B: Hi, Mom! (46) ________

  A: Oh, Linda! (47) ________

  B: I’m in a beautiful village and talking to you now.

  A: Really? That’s great.

  B: (48) ________

  A: Oh, I see. What about your classmates Tom and Helen? (49) ________

  B: Tom is taking photos (拍照) and Helen is talking to a villager.

  A: I hope (希望) you have a good day.

  B: (50) ________ Bye!

  A: Bye, Linda!

  第Ⅱ卷 非选择题

  五、词填空。(每小题1分,共5分)

  根据句意,用括号内所给单词的适当形式填空。

  51. I don’t know the two ________ (man).

  52. My aunt has three ________ (child).

  53. Linda, use the computer later. Your father is ________ (use) it now.

  54. Tina ________ (wash) the dishes with her mother every evening.

  55. I’m ________ (shop) for some school things.

  六、短文填空。(每小题1分,满分10分)

  根据短文内容,用方框中所给词的适当形式填空,完成短文。

  Hello. We are students 56.________ Thailand, and we want to save the elephants. The elephant is one of Thailand’s symbols. Our 57. ________flag had a white elephant on it. This is a symbol of good 58. ________. .

  Elephants are smart animals. They can play soccer or music. They can also draw very 59. ________. People say that “an elephant never 60. ________’’.Elephants can walk for a long time and never get lost. They can also remember 61. ________ with food and water. This helps them to live.

  But elephants are in great 62________. People cut down many trees. People also kill elephants for 63. ________ ivory. Today there are only about 3,000 elephants (over 100,000 before).We must save the trees and not buy things 64. ________ of ivory. Remember that March 13th65 ________Thai Elephant Day.

  56.___________57.____________58.___________59.___________60.__________

  61.___________ 62.___________ 63.___________64.___________ 65._____ ______

  七、书面表达。(共计10分)

  假如你有一位来自澳大利亚的笔友Peter,请根据下面内容要点用英语写一篇短文介绍他。

  1. 他是一名学生,13岁,喜欢弹钢琴,也会下象棋。

  2. 住在悉尼(Sydney), 家离学校有1 2千米。

  3. 他通常在6:10起床,然后乘公交车去上学,大约花费35分钟。

  4. 他的学校虽然有很多规章制度,但是他很喜欢学校。

  5. 他最喜欢的动物是熊猫,现在正看一本关于熊猫的书,他希望来中国看熊猫。

  要求语句通顺,表述清晰,书写规范,不少于60词。

  _______________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________.

  七年级 英语参考答案

  一、、单项选择。(每小题1分,共计20分)

  1—5 CDCBB 6—10 CACAC 11—15 BDDDB 16—20 BBABA

  二、完形填空。(每小题1.5分,共计15分)

  21—25 CDBAC 26—30 ABDCB

  三、阅读理解。(每小题2分,共计30分)

  31—35 ADBDD 36—40 BDCDA 41—45 BDDBA

  四、情景交际。(每小题2分,共计10分)

  46—50 EFCBA

  五、词填空。(每小题1分,满分5分)

  51. men 52. children 53.using 54 washes 55. shopping

  六、短文填空。(每小题1分,满分10分)选对0.5分,变对0.5分

  56. from 57. first 58. luck 59. well 60. forgets

  61. places 62. danger 63.their 64. made 65 is

  七、书面表达。(共计10分)

  Peter is a student.He is 13 years old.He likes playing the piano and can play chess.He lives in Sydney.His home is 12 kilometers away from school.He usually gets up at 6:10 then goes to school by bus.It takes him about 35 minutes to get to school.Although his school has many rules,he likes it very much.His favourite animal is panda.He thinks it's cute.He is reading a book about pandas and hope to see pandas in China.

  七年级英语下期中试题带答案

  一、听力(20分)

  听对话,根据所听内容选出相符的选项。(听两遍)

  1. Where are they going?

  A B C

  2. What does Lily’s aunt do?

  A B C

  3. How does the girl’s father usually go to work?

  A. B. C.

  4. Which animal are they talking about?

  A. B. C.

  5. What does the boy think of his trip?

  A. Exciting B. Boring C. Just so so

  6. When did the girl clean her house?

  A. On Sunday morning B. On Sunday afternoon C. On Sunday evening.

  7. What happened to Lucy yesterday?

  A. She broke the window. B. She fell off her bike. C. She lost her watch.

  8. How long does it take the girl to go to Shanghai by train?

  A. About five hours. B. About four hours C. About three hours.

  9. How many days a week is the school library open?

  A. Two days a week B. Every day C. Five days a week

  10. What will the boy do this Friday afternoon?

  A. Go to the English party. B. Go to the Reading Club. C. Meet his friends.

  听一段对话,根据所听内容回答11-12题。(听两遍)

  11. Who is going to have a birthday party?

  A. Wendy. B. Jenny. C. Lucy.

  12. What’s Wendy’s phone number?

  A. 8362-7426. B. 6263-4782. C. 6283-8472.

  听一篇短文,根据所听内容完成信息记录表13-15题。(听两遍)

  Miss Wu

  Job 13

  How to go home 14

  Hobby Sh e likes 15

  13. A. A teacher B. A policeman C. A doctor

  14. A. In her car B. By bus C. On foot

  15. A. dancing B. cooking C. singing

  听一篇短文,根据所听内容完成16-20题。(听两遍)

  16. What can’t you see in John’s hometown?

  A. Green trees B. A lake C. Big factories

  17. How far is his hometown from the city center?

  A. About two hours by bus. B. About two hours on foot. C. About two hours by bike.

  18. Where is the lake?

  A. In front of the town. B. In front of John’s house. C. In front of the trees.

  19.what does John often do after school?

  A. Go to the city center. B. Show people around his hometown.

  C. Go swimming in the lake.

  20. Why do many people come to John’s hometown?

  A. For their holidays. B. To swim in the lake. C. To make some friends.

  二、选择填空(15分)

  21.There is_______ new supermarket in our city. It’s ________north of our school.

  A. a, the B. an, the C.a, / D.the, /

  22. His father works in a big restaurant. He’s a(n) ___________.

  A. postman B. policeman C. office worker D. cook

  23. -Is this your bedroom? -No,it’s _______.

  A. Lily and Lucy's B. Lily's and Lucy's

  C. Lily's and Lucy D. Lily and Lucy

  24. There is_________ with the washing machine. It works well.

  A. something wrong B. wrong something C. nothing wrong D. wrong anything

  25. —I am sorry I can’t help you __________ your maths.

  —Thank you all the same. I can ask Millie __________ help me.

  A. with; for B. for; with C. about; for D. with; to

  26. —Would you like to fly kites with u s?

  —I’d like to, but I have to look after my _____mother. She’s ______ in hospital.

  A. sick, ill B. ill, ill C. ill, sick D .bad, ill

  27. It’s so cloudy. I think it __________ rain. You’d better take an umbrella with _____.

  A. is going to , yourself B. will, yourselves C. is going to ,you D. won’t , you

  28. —Will your parents prepare anything for your school trip?

  —Yes, they will prepare _______ food and drinks for us.

  A. plenty of B. a lot C. lots of D. a lot

  29. ______ the zoo, you should _______ the road.

  A. To get to; across B. To get to; cross C. Get to; cross D. Get to; across

  30.There are many volunteers at the community center. Some are checking computers and______ are

  fixing broken bikes.

  A. others B. the others C. other D. another

  31. -What about going to Shanghai Disneyland next month?

  -__________! We’ll have a lot of fun there.

  A. Good luck B. Have a good time C. Sounds great D. Never mind

  32. —_______ does it take you to the bookshop?

  —About 40 minutes on foot.

  A. How often B. How far C. How soon D. How long

  33. —Isn’t t he school trip interesting? —______________.We enjoyed it very much.

  A. Yes, it isn’t. B. No, it isn’t. C. Yes, it is. D. No, it is.

  34. — I’m so hung ry. — Why not___________ lunch?

  A. to stop havi ng B. to stop to have C. stop having D. stop to have

  35. — Hello, may I speak to Jimmy, please? — ___________

  A. This is Jimmy speaking. B. What's the matter? C. I'm Jimmy. D. Who are you?

  三、完型填空(10分)

  I was walking in the street when a little girl came to me with tears on her face.

  “Do you like my 36 ?” asked the little girl.

  “Well, very beautiful. So tell me, little girl, 37 are you crying? ”

  “Mummy made the dress for me. But after that, she went away,” answered the

  little girl.

  “Don’t 38 . I’m sure she’ll be right back.”

  “No,” said the child, “Daddy said she’s up in heaven(天堂)now 39 Grandfather.”

  Finally I knew what the child meant from her unhappy face. Then the little girl did something 40 : she stopped crying, and began to 41 .She sang slowly, and it 42 like the song of a very small bird.

  “My mummy often sang it to me 43 she went away. She told me to sing it whenever I missed her and she could 44 me singing not far away.”

  I realized the little girl in front of me was still with her mother’s special 45 and care.

  36.A.dress B.plan C.tear D.mother

  37.A how B.why C.where D.what

  38.A.go B.move C.shout D.worry

  39.A.for B.to C.with D.about

  40.A.funny B.surprising C.exciting D.interesting

  41.A.dance B.sing C.shout D.laugh

  42.A.sounded B.looked C.smelt D.felt

  43. A.after B.when C.before D.while

  44. A.see B.notice C.watch D.hear

  45.A.love B.word C.lesson D.way

  四、阅读理解(15分)

  A

  46.The advertisement is from____________.

  A. a hospital B. a restaurant C. an animal center D. a clothes shop

  47. Who needs help?

  A. Some pets B. Some doctors C. Some children D. Some dogs

  48.To get the job, you should be ___________________.

  A. a child B.12 years or younger C.12 years or older D a pet owner

  49.If you get the job, you can _______.

  A. take some pets home B. sell some pets

  C. have three meals a day D. make some money

  50. According to the advertisement, how many ways do you have to get more information?

  A. One B. Two C. Twelve D.I don’t know.

  B

  Yesterday wasn’t a good day. The weather wasn’t very nice. It was cold and rainy. The bus wasn’t on time. It was late. My boss wasn’t very happy, because I was late for work. He was a little angry.

  At one o’clock I went to a cafe for lunch, but the food wasn’t hot and the coffee was cold. I wasn’t very happy. Then I went back to work, but my papers weren’t on my desk. They were missing. I looked for them everywhere, but I couldn’t find them. Later someone gave them back to me. I left work at 5 o’clock and it started to rain again. I got very wet.

  Yesterday was a bad day for me.

  51. How was the weather yesterday?

  A. It was a nice day. B. It was rainy and cold. C. It was hot. D. It was snowy.

  52. Why was the boss angry?

  A. Because the weather was bad. B. Because the writer was late for work.

  C. Because the food was cold. D. Because the papers weren’t on his desk.

  53. What does the underlined word “missing” mean in Chinese?

  A.空缺的 B.被损坏的 C.丢失的 D.被去除的

  54. Which of the following sentences is TRUE?

  A. The writer had a nice lunch. B. It stopped raining at five o’clock in the afternoon.

  C. The writer went home after lunch. D. The writer took the bus to work.

  55.Which is the best title (标题) for the passage?

  A. A Great Weekend B. A Bad Boss C. A Bad Day D. A Nice Job

  C

  What will the car be like in the future? Maybe the car can drive itself.

  About 40 years ago, scientists from the United States started to make self-driving cars . The most famous one was made by Google in 2009. There are cameras and radars (雷达) on the top of the car. They let the computer in the car draw a 3D map of the environment(环境). Chinese scientists have also successfully made a self-driving car. The car made a trip from Changsha to Wuhan.

  Is a self-driving car safe? A recent(最近的) study shows that robots make safer drivers than people. If only 10% of cars on the street are self-driving, they will save 1,000 lives every year. If 90% of vehicles (交通工具) are self-driving, 21,700 lives will be saved a year. But a self-driving car is expensive and each costs about $100,000. So it is impossible to be very popular in the near future.

  56. What’s the passage about?

  A. A kind of new bicycle. B. New trains. C. self-driving cars D. Some robots

  57. When was the most famous self-driving car made?

  A. About 40 years ago. B. In 2009 C. About 30 years ago. D. In 2016

  58.What’s on the top of the self-driving car?

  A. Radios B. Cameras C. Radars D. B&C

  59. How much does a self-driving car cost?

  A. $100,000 B. $1,000 C. $21,700 D. $10,000

  60. Which of the following is TRUE?

  A. The most famous self-driving car was made 40 years ago.

  B. The self-driving car can draw 3D pictures.

  C. The Chinese self-driving car made a trip from Changsha to Wuhan.

  D. Self-driving cars can save 1,000 lives every yea r.

  第二部分 非选择题(40分)

  注意:请考生直接答在试卷上。

  五、词汇(15分)

  1. What do you want to be in the future , boys ? ____________(工程师) .

  2.I knocked at the door, but no one __________(答复,回答).

  3. Walk ________(径直)on, and you’ll find the post office on your right.

  4. Look at the information ___________(下面).It may help you.

  5. Giraffes have long necks to reach the _______________(树叶) from the tree.

  6. My parents met an old friend of _______________(they) in the supermarket yesterday.

  7. Your idea sounds different from those___________(art).

  8. -When did the first session of 13th NPC (全国人民代表大会) start?

  -On March the __________(five) .

  9. I look forward to __________ (draw) 3-D pictures with chalk.

  10. The other day a big fire __________(happen) in our neighbourhood.

  11.Sometimes it’s difficult for some students __________(check) their homework after finishing it.

  12. Never go near tigers. They are ____________.(danger)

  13. Wendy’s ___________(old)brother is a postman. He loves his job .

  14. -Who____________(drive) you to school this afternoon? - My uncle is.

  15.Now most families have at ___________(little)one computer.

  六、阅读表达(5分)

  In the future, man can live under the sea.There will be many sea animal friends. And the animals can live a life like humans.

  Fish Bob cooks food in a restaurant. He’s never late. He likes to help everyone around him. He always looks at everything on the bright side. Fish Bob has two hobbies. One is eating food, the other is playing volleyball with his friends.

  Gary is a sea snail(蜗牛) .He can speak, but only one word: “Meow” .It usually means that he wants food.

  Star is a pink starfish(海星).He lives under a rock. He likes watching TV and dislikes taking a shower.

  Isn’t it amazi ng? Do you want to make friends with them?

  (No more than three words.)

  1.Where can man live in the future?

  ___________________________________

  2.Is Fish Bob helpful?

  ___________________________________

  座位号

  3.How many hobbies does Fish Bob have?

  ___________________________________

  4.What does it usually mean when Gary says “Meow”?

  ___________________________________

  5.What does Star dislike doing?

  ___________________________________

  七、任务型阅读(5分)

  I am Lily. I have a piece of good news to tell you. We have a new flat. The rooms are small, but they are all comfortable. There are more rooms here than in our old flat. This is good because now I have my own room. In the old flat, I must share a room with my sister.

  My bedroom is my favourite in our flat. I can be alone in it. I can read and draw. I can also listen to music. I can play games and send my friends e-mails on my computer.

  My second favourite room is the kitchen. I like helping my mother cook meals. She is a very good cook and often teaches me how to make many different kinds of dishes. She lived in Morocco when she was a girl, and she can cook Morocco food. It is delicious.

  Lily’s flat

  The old flat It has fewer rooms and she 1 a room with her sister.

  The new flat The rooms are not 2 , but they are all comfortable .

  Her favourite room

  — her 3 She can be 4 in it.

  She can read and draw.

  She can listen to music, 5 .

  She can play games 6 her computer and send e-mails to her 7 .

  Her second favourite room

  — the 8 She can help her mother with 9 .

  Her mother often teaches 10 how to make many different kinds of dishes.

  1. ___________ 2. ___________ 3. ___________ 4. ___________ 5. __________

  6. ___________ 7. ___________ 8. ___________ 9. ___________ 10. ___________

  八、缺词填空(5分)

  Do you like running? Some people think r 1 is boring(乏味). But there are ways to m 2 it exciting – for example, “plogging”.

  Plogging is a new exercise trend(趋势)from Sweden. The name c 3 from

  the words “pick up ” and “jogging”. It means picking u 4 trash(垃圾)while

  running.

  Ploggers go outside w 5 a pair of gloves and a trash bag. If they see trash as they run,they will s 6 to pick it up. N 7 likes to see trash while they’re doing exercise. This new trend brings environmental protection (环保) and healthy living together.

  Plogging may even be better for you than just running. In f 8 ,bending down (弯腰) to pick up trash is another kind of exercise itself. So try plogging with your friends on your w 9 to school. You can stay healthy and keep the environment clean at the s 10 time.

  1. r___________ 2. m_________ 3.c___________ 4. u___________ 5.w___________

  6.s___________ 7.N___________ 8.f___________ 9.w___________ 10.s___________

  九、书面表达(10分)

  假如Jim“五一节”将来你的家乡一日游,你会如何带他参观游玩,现在请你向他介绍一下你为他制定的游玩计划。

  时间 地点 活动

  早晨 公园 空气新鲜, 鸟语花香, 慢跑或者泛舟湖上

  动物园 各种动物,每年许多游客来观看大熊猫

  孩子们最喜欢猴子,因为…(自己发挥)

  下午 博物馆 观赏精美艺术品,全面了解家乡的历史

  晚上 购物中心 商店里的商品物美价廉

  有许多餐馆,品尝当地美食

  要求:不要逐句翻译,注意语句通顺,要点齐全,字数100左右。

  Dear Jim,

  Welcome to my hometown. I’m glad to show you around it.

  _

  I’m sure you’ll have a good time here.

  初一英语期中试题听力材料

  听对话,根据所听内容选出相符的选项。(听两遍)

  1. M: Shall we take the exchange students to the cinema?

  W: Sure. We can watch some wonderful films together.

  2. M: Where does your aunt work, Lily?

  W: She works in a hospital.

  3. M: Does your father drive to work?

  W: No, he usually takes a bus.

  4. W: Could you tell me something amazing about animals?

  M: Yes. Camels can live without water for a long time.

  5. W: How was your trip to the museum?

  M: It’s exciting. I enjoy it.

  6. M: What did you do last Sunday?

  W: I read some books in the morning and did some cleaning in the afternoon.

  7. M: Lucy looked unhappy yesterday. What happened to her?

  M: She lost her watch on her way home.

  8. M: How long does it take you to go to Shanghai by train?

  W: About three hours.

  9. W: Is your school library open every day?

  M: No, it isn’t open on Saturday and Sunday.

  10. W: There is an English party this Friday afternoon. Would you like to come?

  M: I’d like to, but I’ll have to go to the Reading Club.

  听一段对话,根据所听内容回答11-12题。(听两遍)

  W: Hello! Could I speak to Jenny, please?

  M: Sorry. Jenny is not in. May I take a message?

  W: Yes. This is Wendy. I’d like to talk about Lucy’s birthday party with Jenny. Can you ask her to call

  me back?

  M: Of course. What’s your phone number?

  W: My number is 6263-4782.

  M: OK. I’ve got it.

  听一篇短文,根据所听内容完成信息记录表13-15题。(听两遍)

  Miss Wu is only twenty-one. She is tall and thin, and she has brown, long hair. She likes children and her teaching work. Every day she goes to work by bike and walks home. She has much work to do, but she often plays games with her students after school . The children like her very much. She often goes to see her friends on Sunday. She likes singing and swimming. She’s a nice teacher.

  听一篇短文,根据所听内容完成16-20题。(听两遍)

  Hello, I’m John. Let me tell you something about my hometown. I live in a small town. It’s far from the center of the city. It’s about two hours from the city center by bus. In front of my house, there’s a big lake with many green trees around it. I like swimming. I often go swimming in the lake after school. Here you can’t see any big factories. so the air is fresh and the water is clean. Every year many people come to my hometown for their holidays. People here are very friendly. Welcome to my hometown!

  参考答案

  一、CAABA BCCCB CBACC CABCA

  二、CDACD ACABA CDCDA

  三、ABDCB BACDA

  四、CACDB BBCDC CBDAC

  五、engineers replied straight below leaves

  theirs artists’ fifth drawing happened

  to check dangerous elder is going to drive lest

  六、1. Under the sea

  2. Yes , he is

  3. Two

  4. He wants food

  5. Taking a shower

  七、1. shares 2. big 3. bedroom 4. alone 5. too

  6. on 7.frends 8. kitchen 9. cooking 10. her

  八、 1.running 2. make 3. comes 4. up 5. with

  6. stop 7. Nobody 8. fact 9. way 10.same

  九、略

  初中七年级英语下期中试题

  第I卷( 共65分)

  一、听力(共20小题;每小题1分,满分20分)

  第一部分 听对话回答问题

  本部分共有10道小题,每小题你将听到一段对话, 每段对话听两遍。在听每段对话前,你将有5秒钟的时间阅读题目;听完后,你还有5秒钟的时间选出你认为最合适的备选答案。

  ( )1. What does Miss Jones teach?

  A. B. C.

  ( )2. What sport does Ricky like to watch?

  A. B. C.

  ( )3. How will Frank go from Beijing to Guangzhou?

  A. B. C.

  ( )4.What time did the man say they should meet?

  A. B. C.

  ( )5. Where will they go for a walk tomorrow?

  A. On the beach. B. In the park. C. In the countryside.

  ( )6. What will happen if the man keeps singing loudly?

  A. He will get tired. B. He will lose his voice. C. He will catch a cold.

  ( )7. Why does Amy want to buy the scarf?

  A. She thinks it is beautiful. B. It will be warm in winter. C. It is very cheap.

  ( )8. What is the woman looking for?

  A. A bookshop called Sunshine. B. A block of flats called Sunnyside.

  C. A shopping mall called Sunlight.

  ( )9. What has the man done many times before?

  A. He has swum across the river. B. He has jumped over the gate.

  C. He has climbed the tree.

  ( )10. How is Millie feeling?

  A. Maybe she feels nervous. B. Maybe she feels ill. C. Maybe she feels sleepy.

  第二部分听对话或短文,回答问题。

  本部分你将听到一段对话和两篇短文,各听两遍。听每段对话或短文前,你将有5秒钟时间阅读相关小题,听完后,每小题你还有5秒钟的时间选出你认为最合适的备选答案。

  听一段对话,回答第11~12小题。

  ( )11. From where can they see a long way?

  A. The bathroom. B. The balcony. C. The kitchen.

  ( )12. What does the man think of climbing the stairs?

  A. It is great fun. B. It is boring. C. It helps to keep fit.

  听第一篇短文,回答第13~15小题。请根据内容选择正确答案,完成信息记录表。

  New York City

  Things they have done They have seen the Statue of Liberty, the United Nations building and 13 .

  Things they will do They will see a famous 14 tonight.

  They will 15 on the last day..

  ( )13. A. Times Square B. Central Park C. Wall Street

  ( )14. A. show B. film C. match

  ( )15. A. go shopping B. visit a friend C. rest at the hotel

  听第二篇短文,回答第16~20小题。

  ( )16. Why is Eddie’s father in hospital?

  A. He was hit by a motorcycle. B. He was hurt in a bus accident.

  C. A car hit him while he was walking.

  ( )17. What do the doctors say about his leg?

  A. It is not too serious. B. It is very serious.

  C. It doesn’t need an operation at all.

  ( )18. How long should Eddie’s father stay in hospital?

  A. For one week only. B. For one month. C. For at least two weeks.

  ( )19. What do Eddie and his mother bring him every day?

  A. Fruit and a newspaper. B. Food and paper C. Snacks and magazine

  ( )20. What should Eddie’s father not do?

  A. Feel sorry for himself. B. Follow the doctor’s treatment.

  C. Take his medicine.

  二、单词辨音在A、B、C、D四个选项中,选出划线部分读音与其余三个不同的选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。(本大题共5分,每小题0.5分)

  ( )21. A. bench B. machine C. check D. match

  ( )22. A. uncle B. thank C. orange D. drink

  ( )23. A. buses B. houses C. glasses D. classes

  ( )24. A. exchange B. exit C. exercise D. engineer

  ( )25.A. exit B. fridge C. video D. pizza

  ( )26. A. bamboo B. foot C. soon D. boot

  ( )27. A. double B. enough C. thousand D. country

  ( )28. A. theatre B. bathroom C. thanks D. theirs

  ( )29. A. anyone B. palace C. flat D. lamp

  ( )30. A. future B. ruler C. community D. usually

  三、单项选择在A、B、C、D四个选项中,选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。(本大题共15分,每小题1分)

  ( )31. -- Who's ______ woman in red on TV?

  -- TuYouyou, _______ 84-year-old scientist in China.

  A. the, a B. the, an C. 不填,an D. 不填,a

  ( )32. There is a bridge________ the river. Be careful when you __________ it.

  A. across; over B. over; cross C. cross; across D. over; across

  ( )33.—Where is Tony now?

  — I saw him _______ in the garden when I walked past and I told him __________.

  A. play; go home B. to play; to go home

  C. playing; going home D. playing; to go home

  ( )34. The music sounds _______. I don’t want to listen to it again.

  A. well B. bad C. badly D. good

  ( )35. ________knows anything about him, because he never tells us ________ about him.

  A. Nobody, nothing B. Somebody, something

  C. Nobody, anything D. Everybody, anything

  ( )36. The light is _______ for you to read. And there are _______ for you to choose from.

  A. enough bright; enough books B. bright enough; enou gh books

  C. bright enough; books enough D. enough bright; books enough

  ( )37. -- ______ try some fish? It looks delicious.

  -- It smells _________. I don't want to eat it.

  A. Why not, bad B. Why don't, good

  C. Why not, good D. Why don't, bad

  ( )38. The boy is enjoying the sunshine _______ his eyes _________.

  A. has, close B. with, close C. has, closed D. with, closed

  ( ) 39. I can’t find my ________ shoe? Where is it?

  A. other B. another C. the other D. the others

  ( )40. Nantong is ________ the south-east of Nanjing and it's about _______ bus ride.

  A. in, four hours' B. on, four hour's C. to, four hours' D. at, four hour's

  ( )41.Mary is looking forward to ____ from me, please remember ______ this letter on your

  way to school.

  A. hear, send B. hearing, sending C. hearing, to send D. hear, sending

  ( )42. There are over there ______ students in our school and _______ of them live nearby.

  A. thousands; thousand B. thousand; thousands

  C. thousand; thousand D. thousands; thousands

  ( )43. There ______ a magic show on the school playground if it _______ next Tuesday.

  A. will have, doesn't rain B. will have, won't rain

  C. will be, doesn't rain D. will be, is not raining

  ( )44. More time and effort, _________ you will get better results.

  A. or B. so C. but D. and

  ( )45. —___________?

  —Very much. The people there are friendly and the food there is delicious.

  A. What do you like about Nanjing B. How do you think of Nanjing

  C. Do you like the people and food in Nanjing D. How do you like Nanjing?

  四、完形填空阅读短文, 从每题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。(本大题共5分,每小题0.5分)

  A science teacher wants to tell an idea to his students. He takes a large-mouth bottle and 46 a few large stones(石头) in it. He then asks the class: “Is the bottle 47 now?” They all answer: “Yes!”

  The teacher then takes some small stones and puts them into the 48 .The small stones go into the room 49 the big stones. He t hen asks: “Is it full?” This time 50 students give no answer, but most answer: “Yes!”

  The teacher then starts to drop some 51 into the bottle. The sand (沙) goes into the room between the small stones. For the 52 time, the teacher asks: “Is it full?” Now most are thinking, but still, some say: “Yes!”

  Then the teacher brings out a cup of water into the bottle and asks: “What’s the point of this 53 ?” One angry student answers: “You can 54 find time to do more things.”

  “No,” says the teacher. “The point is that if you don't put the big stones first, you’ll never get them in. The big stones are the 55 things in your life. If you your life is full of small things, the sand and the water – you’ll never have the time for the important things.”

  ( )46. A. collects B. puts C. gets D. gives

  ( )47. A. full B. broken C. heavy D. light

  ( )48. A. mouth B. cup C. bottle D. bowl

  ( )49. A. behind B. beside C. below D. between

  ( )50. A. some B. plenty C. any D. many

  ( )51. A. water B. stones C. milk D. sand

  ( )52. A. first B. second C. third D. fourth

  ( )53. A. sport B. show C. play D. science

  ( )54. A. always B. never C. sometimes D. usually

  ( )55. A. beautiful B. important C. careful D. interesting

  五、阅读理解阅读下列短文,根据短文内容,从所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中,选出最佳选项 。(本大题共20分,每小题2分)

  A

  ( )56. New York Museum is closed on ________.

  A. Monday B. Friday C. Saturday D. Sunday

  ( )57. Tommy is an 8-year-old boy. He wants to visit the City Flower Show with his parents. How much will they pay?

  A. $15. B. $20. C. $25. D. $30.

  ( )58. If you want to get more information about English Summer Camp, you can ________.

  A. go to Canada B. write to CEE/CCIEE

  C. call on (010) 66062607 D. send an email to University of Toronto

  ( )59. Who will give performa nces in Pop Music Week in Chaoyang Park?

  A. Bands. B. Dancers. C. Singers. D. Both A and C.

  ( )60. Phillip, twenty years old, cannot go to ________.

  A. The City Flower Show B. English Summer Camp

  C. New York Museum D. Pop Music Week

  B

  Blue Ocean Aquarium(蓝色海洋水族馆) is a great place for families to take a holiday. Children love to see the sea animals and watch films about sharks in it.

  Last Saturday morning, Mr Jackson took his wife and two little sons to the aquarium. At the ticket office, he asked, "How much shall I pay to get in?" The woman at the ticket office answered, "The price is 20 dollars for each adult or any kid(小孩) older than five. We let kids in free(免费) if they are five or younger. How old are your kids?" Mr Jackson said, "The older one is six and the younger one is three. I think I must buy three tickets. " The woman was surprised. She said, "Sir, don't you want to save(节省) 20 dollars? If you tell me your older son is five, I won't know the difference. " Mr Jackson said with a smile, "Yes, that sounds right, but my kids will know the difference. "

  From Mr Jackson' s story, we know honesty is very important in the modem society(社会). We should tell the truth(事实) to the people around us, especially(尤其是) to the kids.

  ( )61. There are _____________ people in this story.

  A. 3 B. 5 C. 4 D. 6

  ( )62. Mr Jackson spend ____________on their tickets to the aquarium at last.

  A. 20 dollars B. 40 dollars C. 60 dollars D. 80 dollars

  ( )63. Children can see ______________ in Blue Ocean Aquarium.

  A. dolphins B. lions C. rabbits D. tigers

  ( )64. The word “honesty” means ____________.

  A. 激情 B. 友谊 C. 乐观 D. 诚实

  ( )65. What can we learn from the passage?

  A. Mr Jackson is very rich.

  B. Mr Jackson wants to save some money.

  C. Mr Jackson pays for his two son’s tickets at last.

  D. Mr Jackson thinks honesty is more important than money.

  第Ⅱ卷(共35分)

  六、单词拼写(本大题共8分,每小题1分)

  (A) 根据句意和汉语注释,在横线上写出单词的正确形式。

  66. _____________(突然),the baby started to cry. And we didn’t know what to do.

  67. Are all of the bicycles these _______________ (工程师)?

  68. There’s always a lot of _______________ (交通车辆) at this time of day.

  69. There are three_______________ (视频) shops in the street, you can go there to find your favourite.

  (B) 根据句意,用括号内所给词的适 当形式填空。

  70.In ______________(west) countries, people don’t like talking about age.

  71.Mum’s _________ (40) birthday is c oming. What will you get for her as a present?

  72. It’s _______(danger) for a little child to play with water near the river.

  73.– May I use your computer for a minute ?

  –_______ (I) doesn’t work.

  七、对话填空 根据对话内容和所给首字母,在答题卡对应空格内填入一个适当的单词,使对话意思完整,所填单词必须完整写出。(本大题共6分,每小题1分)

  A: Here’s the Panda House. Look at the pandas over there.

  B: Oh, they’re so cute. They like eating bamboo and l (74) down all the time.

  A: Yes. But do you know they are m (75) of the bear family?

  B: Really? But bears n (76) eat bamboo and they can run fast.

  A: I know. Bears are good at c (77) trees, too.

  B: I see. Let’s look at the map. What’s n________ (78)of the Panda House?

  A: It’s the Monkeys’ Forest. Let’s go this way. F (79) me, please.

  八、句型转换 根据括号内的要求改写句子。答案必须填写在答题卡相应得横线上,每格限填一词(本大题共6分,每小题0.5分)

  80. He hurt his finger and went to the hospital. (改为一般疑问句)

  _______ he hurt his finger and _______ to the hospital?

  81. It's forty minutes' walk from our school to the park. ( 划线部分提问)

  _______ _______ is it from our school to the park?

  82. You can turn left at the third crossing.(同义句)

  You can ________ th e third crossing ________ the left.

  83. There isn’t anything wrong with my computer.(改为同义句)

  _______ ________ wrong with my computer.

  84. The boy is not strong enough to carry the box.(同义句)

  The boy is ________ ________ to carry the box.

  85. The boy at the gate is my best friend. (对划线部分提问)

  __________ _________ is your best friend ?

  九、完成句子根据所给的汉语,用英语完成下列句子,每空一词。(本大题共10分,每空 0.5分)

  86.你有自己的梦想家园吗?

  Do you have a dream home ________ _________ ________?

  87. 这位裁缝以做非常好的服装而出名。

  This tailor _______ _______ __ _____ _______ very nice suits

  88.我认为与他人分享东西是一种美德.

  I think _________ __________ ___________ others is a virtue.

  89.香港位于中国的东南面。

  Hong Kong is _________ _________ _________ _________ China.

  90.她再也不害怕鬼了。

  She ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ ________.

  十、书面表达 (本大题共5分)

  假如你是Millie,在Sunny School 学习,请你给你的表妹Sandy介绍你学校的情况并希望她来参观,请根据以下要点写一封信。

  要点:1. 坐落在山脚下,安静,漂亮, 长满了鲜花和绿树。

  2. 是个学习的好地方,数千学生在这儿学习。

  3. 课后可以去操场做运动,去图书馆借各种各样的书。

  4. 每天有公交车到市中心,乘地铁到这儿大概20分钟。

  5. 我希望… (1-2句作适当发挥)

  要求:1. 包含所有要点,第五点请用1-2句作适当发挥。

  2. 语句流畅,字迹工整。

  3. 词数在80词左右。

  Dear Sandy:

  I study at Sunny School. I’d like to tell you something about my school.

  Welcome to my school!

  Best wishes!

  Millie

  第二学期初一英语期中试卷答案

  听力材料

  A. 听对话回答问题。本部分共有10道小题,每小题你将听到一段对话,每段对话听两遍。

  1. W: Who is that standing by the door?

  M: That’s Miss Jones, the new geography teacher.

  2. W: Do you enjoy watching football, Ricky? I love that game.

  M: No, Susan. I prefer watching tennis. It’s much more exciting!

  3. W: Frank, what is the best way to go to Guangzhou from Beijing?

  M: There are several ways you can go , but I will travel by plane.

  4. W: I’m sorry. Did you say we should meet at half past ten?

  M: No. I said we should meet at half past seven.

  5. W: Let’s go for a walk in the countryside tomorrow.

  M: That sounds like a good idea!

  6. W: If you keep singing loudly like that , you will lose your voice.

  M: OK, I’ll sing more quietly.

  7. W: Peter, I’d like to buy this scarf. It’s beautiful!

  M: Yes, I agree, Amy. The purple colour is lovely and it’s not expensive.

  8. W: You look lost. Where are you going? Perhaps I can help.

  M: I’m looking for a block of flats called Sunnyside.

  9. W: You can’t possibly climb that tree.

  M: Of course I can. I’ve done it many times before.

  10. W: Why is Millie crying?

  M: I don’t know. She looks pale. Maybe she feels ill.

  B. 听对话和短文答题。你将听到一段对话和两篇短文,各听两遍。

  听一段对话,回答第11~12小题。

  W: I like your flat.

  M: What do you like about it?

  W: It’s high up. You can see such a long way from the balcony.

  M: That’s right. The view from up here is amazing. What else do you like?

  W: It never gets too hot.

  M: Yes. Even when it’s hot, I don’t need a fan. What don’t you like?

  W: It takes a long time to get here, even in the lift. What happens when you have to climb the stairs?

  M: It helps you keep fit!

  听第一篇短文,回答第13~15小题。请根据内容选择正确答案,完成信息记录表。

  Dear Jimmy

  New York City is certainly busy! My sister and I have seen the Statue of Liberty, the United Nations building and Central Park in the past three days. The Statue of Liberty is amazing! Did you know that it was a gift to the USA from France? That’s quite a gift! Tonight we will see a well-known show. New York is also famous for its fashion designers and fashion models. We plan to go shopping on the last day. I will show you photos of New York when I am back to London.

  Yours Helen

  听第二篇短文,回答第16~20小题。

  Eddie’s father is in hospital. Unluckily, he hurt his leg in a bus accident and needed a small operation. The doctors say that it is not too serious, but he should stay in hospital for at least two weeks. Every day Eddie and his mother visit his father. They bring him a newspaper and some fruit. His father enjoys the visits but wants to go home to be with his family. However, every patient in hospital must be careful after an operation. They need to take their medicine and follow the doctor’s treatment. Some nurses and volunteers in the hospital take good care of him. Instead of feeling sorry for himself, Eddie’s father is now feeling happier. He knows he will get well soon!

  初一英语参考答案

  一听力(共20小题;每小题1分,满分20分)

  1-20 B A B B C B A B C B B C B A A B A C A A

  二、单词辨音(本大题共5分,每小题0.5分)

  21-25 B C B A D 26-30 B C D A B

  三、单项选择(本大题共15分,每小题1分)

  31-45 B B D B C 36-40 B A D A C 41-45 C B C D D

  四、完形填空(本大题共5分,每小题0.5分)

  46-50 B A C D A 51-55 D C B A B

  五、阅读理解(本大题共20分 ,每小题2分)

  56-60 D C C D B 61-65 B C A D D

  六、单词拼写(本大题共8分,每小题1分)

  66. Suddenly 67. engineers' 68. traffic 69. video

  70. western 71. fortieth 72.dangerous 73. Mine

  七、对话填空(本大题共6分,每小题1分)

  74. lying 75. members 76. never 77. climbing 78. north 79.Follow

  八、句型转换(本大题共6分,每小题0.5分)

  80. Did go 81. How far 82. take on 83. Something is 84. too weak 85. Which boy

  九、完成句子(本大题共10分,每空 0.5分)

  86. of your own 87. is famous for making 88. sharing things with

  89. in the south-east of 90. isn't afraid of ghosts any more / is no more afraid of ghosts

  十、书面表达 (本大题共5分)

  Dear Sandy:

  I study at Sunny School. I’d like to tell you something about my school.

  My school is at the foot of a hill. It’s quiet and beautiful. It’s full of flowers and trees. / There are flowers and trees around it. It is a good/wonderful place to study. Thousands of students study here. After class, we can do sports in the playground, and we can borrow all kinds of books from the library. There are buses to the city center every day. It takes about 20 minutes to get here by underground. I hope you can come to visit my school.

  Welcome to my school!

  Best wishes!

  Millie


下学期七年级英语期中试卷题相关文章:

1.七年级下册英语期中试卷及答案

2.七年级英语下册期末试卷及答案

3.七年级下册英语期中试卷及答案人教版

4.七年级英语上册期中测试题带答案

5.人教版七年级英语下册期末试卷及答案

阅读全文

相关推荐

最新文章